xref: /vim-8.2.3635/src/ex_cmds.c (revision fc65cabb)
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet:
2  *
3  * VIM - Vi IMproved	by Bram Moolenaar
4  *
5  * Do ":help uganda"  in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6  * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7  * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8  */
9 
10 /*
11  * ex_cmds.c: some functions for command line commands
12  */
13 
14 #include "vim.h"
15 #include "version.h"
16 
17 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
18 # include <float.h>
19 #endif
20 
21 static int linelen(int *has_tab);
22 static void do_filter(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, exarg_T *eap, char_u *cmd, int do_in, int do_out);
23 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO
24 static char_u *viminfo_filename(char_u	*);
25 static void do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags);
26 static int viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp);
27 static int read_viminfo_up_to_marks(vir_T *virp, int forceit, int writing);
28 #endif
29 
30 static int check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf);
31 static void delbuf_msg(char_u *name);
32 static int
33 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
34     _RTLENTRYF
35 #endif
36 	help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2);
37 static void prepare_help_buffer(void);
38 
39 /*
40  * ":ascii" and "ga".
41  */
42     void
43 do_ascii(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
44 {
45     int		c;
46     int		cval;
47     char	buf1[20];
48     char	buf2[20];
49     char_u	buf3[7];
50 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
51     char_u      *dig;
52 #endif
53 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
54     int		cc[MAX_MCO];
55     int		ci = 0;
56     int		len;
57 
58     if (enc_utf8)
59 	c = utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cc);
60     else
61 #endif
62 	c = gchar_cursor();
63     if (c == NUL)
64     {
65 	MSG("NUL");
66 	return;
67     }
68 
69 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
70     IObuff[0] = NUL;
71     if (!has_mbyte || (enc_dbcs != 0 && c < 0x100) || c < 0x80)
72 #endif
73     {
74 	if (c == NL)	    /* NUL is stored as NL */
75 	    c = NUL;
76 	if (c == CAR && get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_MAC)
77 	    cval = NL;	    /* NL is stored as CR */
78 	else
79 	    cval = c;
80 	if (vim_isprintc_strict(c) && (c < ' '
81 #ifndef EBCDIC
82 		    || c > '~'
83 #endif
84 			       ))
85 	{
86 	    transchar_nonprint(buf3, c);
87 	    vim_snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "  <%s>", (char *)buf3);
88 	}
89 	else
90 	    buf1[0] = NUL;
91 #ifndef EBCDIC
92 	if (c >= 0x80)
93 	    vim_snprintf(buf2, sizeof(buf2), "  <M-%s>",
94 						 (char *)transchar(c & 0x7f));
95 	else
96 #endif
97 	    buf2[0] = NUL;
98 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
99 	dig = get_digraph_for_char(cval);
100 	if (dig != NULL)
101 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
102 		_("<%s>%s%s  %d,  Hex %02x,  Oct %03o, Digr %s"),
103 			      transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval, dig);
104 	else
105 #endif
106 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
107 		_("<%s>%s%s  %d,  Hex %02x,  Octal %03o"),
108 				  transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval);
109 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
110 	if (enc_utf8)
111 	    c = cc[ci++];
112 	else
113 	    c = 0;
114 #endif
115     }
116 
117 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
118     /* Repeat for combining characters. */
119     while (has_mbyte && (c >= 0x100 || (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80)))
120     {
121 	len = (int)STRLEN(IObuff);
122 	/* This assumes every multi-byte char is printable... */
123 	if (len > 0)
124 	    IObuff[len++] = ' ';
125 	IObuff[len++] = '<';
126 	if (enc_utf8 && utf_iscomposing(c)
127 # ifdef USE_GUI
128 		&& !gui.in_use
129 # endif
130 		)
131 	    IObuff[len++] = ' '; /* draw composing char on top of a space */
132 	len += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, IObuff + len);
133 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
134 	dig = get_digraph_for_char(c);
135 	if (dig != NULL)
136 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len,
137 			c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Oct %o, Digr %s")
138 				    : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Oct %o, Digr %s"),
139 					c, c, c, dig);
140 	else
141 #endif
142 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len,
143 			 c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Octal %o")
144 				     : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Octal %o"),
145 				     c, c, c);
146 	if (ci == MAX_MCO)
147 	    break;
148 	if (enc_utf8)
149 	    c = cc[ci++];
150 	else
151 	    c = 0;
152     }
153 #endif
154 
155     msg(IObuff);
156 }
157 
158 /*
159  * ":left", ":center" and ":right": align text.
160  */
161     void
162 ex_align(exarg_T *eap)
163 {
164     pos_T	save_curpos;
165     int		len;
166     int		indent = 0;
167     int		new_indent;
168     int		has_tab;
169     int		width;
170 
171 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
172     if (curwin->w_p_rl)
173     {
174 	/* switch left and right aligning */
175 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_right)
176 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_left;
177 	else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left)
178 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_right;
179     }
180 #endif
181 
182     width = atoi((char *)eap->arg);
183     save_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
184     if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left)    /* width is used for new indent */
185     {
186 	if (width >= 0)
187 	    indent = width;
188     }
189     else
190     {
191 	/*
192 	 * if 'textwidth' set, use it
193 	 * else if 'wrapmargin' set, use it
194 	 * if invalid value, use 80
195 	 */
196 	if (width <= 0)
197 	    width = curbuf->b_p_tw;
198 	if (width == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm > 0)
199 	    width = curwin->w_width - curbuf->b_p_wm;
200 	if (width <= 0)
201 	    width = 80;
202     }
203 
204     if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL)
205 	return;
206 
207     for (curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1;
208 		 curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= eap->line2; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
209     {
210 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left)		/* left align */
211 	    new_indent = indent;
212 	else
213 	{
214 	    has_tab = FALSE;	/* avoid uninit warnings */
215 	    len = linelen(eap->cmdidx == CMD_right ? &has_tab
216 						   : NULL) - get_indent();
217 
218 	    if (len <= 0)			/* skip blank lines */
219 		continue;
220 
221 	    if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_center)
222 		new_indent = (width - len) / 2;
223 	    else
224 	    {
225 		new_indent = width - len;	/* right align */
226 
227 		/*
228 		 * Make sure that embedded TABs don't make the text go too far
229 		 * to the right.
230 		 */
231 		if (has_tab)
232 		    while (new_indent > 0)
233 		    {
234 			(void)set_indent(new_indent, 0);
235 			if (linelen(NULL) <= width)
236 			{
237 			    /*
238 			     * Now try to move the line as much as possible to
239 			     * the right.  Stop when it moves too far.
240 			     */
241 			    do
242 				(void)set_indent(++new_indent, 0);
243 			    while (linelen(NULL) <= width);
244 			    --new_indent;
245 			    break;
246 			}
247 			--new_indent;
248 		    }
249 	    }
250 	}
251 	if (new_indent < 0)
252 	    new_indent = 0;
253 	(void)set_indent(new_indent, 0);		/* set indent */
254     }
255     changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, 0L);
256     curwin->w_cursor = save_curpos;
257     beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
258 }
259 
260 /*
261  * Get the length of the current line, excluding trailing white space.
262  */
263     static int
264 linelen(int *has_tab)
265 {
266     char_u  *line;
267     char_u  *first;
268     char_u  *last;
269     int	    save;
270     int	    len;
271 
272     /* find the first non-blank character */
273     line = ml_get_curline();
274     first = skipwhite(line);
275 
276     /* find the character after the last non-blank character */
277     for (last = first + STRLEN(first);
278 				last > first && VIM_ISWHITE(last[-1]); --last)
279 	;
280     save = *last;
281     *last = NUL;
282     len = linetabsize(line);		/* get line length */
283     if (has_tab != NULL)		/* check for embedded TAB */
284 	*has_tab = (vim_strchr(first, TAB) != NULL);
285     *last = save;
286 
287     return len;
288 }
289 
290 /* Buffer for two lines used during sorting.  They are allocated to
291  * contain the longest line being sorted. */
292 static char_u	*sortbuf1;
293 static char_u	*sortbuf2;
294 
295 static int	sort_ic;	/* ignore case */
296 static int	sort_nr;	/* sort on number */
297 static int	sort_rx;	/* sort on regex instead of skipping it */
298 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
299 static int	sort_flt;	/* sort on floating number */
300 #endif
301 
302 static int	sort_abort;	/* flag to indicate if sorting has been interrupted */
303 
304 /* Struct to store info to be sorted. */
305 typedef struct
306 {
307     linenr_T	lnum;			/* line number */
308     union {
309 	struct
310 	{
311 	    varnumber_T	start_col_nr;		/* starting column number */
312 	    varnumber_T	end_col_nr;		/* ending column number */
313 	} line;
314 	varnumber_T	value;		/* value if sorting by integer */
315 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
316 	float_T value_flt;	/* value if sorting by float */
317 #endif
318     } st_u;
319 } sorti_T;
320 
321 static int
322 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
323 _RTLENTRYF
324 #endif
325 sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2);
326 
327     static int
328 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
329 _RTLENTRYF
330 #endif
331 sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2)
332 {
333     sorti_T	l1 = *(sorti_T *)s1;
334     sorti_T	l2 = *(sorti_T *)s2;
335     int		result = 0;
336 
337     /* If the user interrupts, there's no way to stop qsort() immediately, but
338      * if we return 0 every time, qsort will assume it's done sorting and
339      * exit. */
340     if (sort_abort)
341 	return 0;
342     fast_breakcheck();
343     if (got_int)
344 	sort_abort = TRUE;
345 
346     /* When sorting numbers "start_col_nr" is the number, not the column
347      * number. */
348     if (sort_nr)
349 	result = l1.st_u.value == l2.st_u.value ? 0
350 				 : l1.st_u.value > l2.st_u.value ? 1 : -1;
351 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
352     else if (sort_flt)
353 	result = l1.st_u.value_flt == l2.st_u.value_flt ? 0
354 			     : l1.st_u.value_flt > l2.st_u.value_flt ? 1 : -1;
355 #endif
356     else
357     {
358 	/* We need to copy one line into "sortbuf1", because there is no
359 	 * guarantee that the first pointer becomes invalid when obtaining the
360 	 * second one. */
361 	STRNCPY(sortbuf1, ml_get(l1.lnum) + l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr,
362 		     l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1);
363 	sortbuf1[l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0;
364 	STRNCPY(sortbuf2, ml_get(l2.lnum) + l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr,
365 		     l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1);
366 	sortbuf2[l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0;
367 
368 	result = sort_ic ? STRICMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2)
369 						 : STRCMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2);
370     }
371 
372     /* If two lines have the same value, preserve the original line order. */
373     if (result == 0)
374 	return (int)(l1.lnum - l2.lnum);
375     return result;
376 }
377 
378 /*
379  * ":sort".
380  */
381     void
382 ex_sort(exarg_T *eap)
383 {
384     regmatch_T	regmatch;
385     int		len;
386     linenr_T	lnum;
387     long	maxlen = 0;
388     sorti_T	*nrs;
389     size_t	count = (size_t)(eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1);
390     size_t	i;
391     char_u	*p;
392     char_u	*s;
393     char_u	*s2;
394     char_u	c;			/* temporary character storage */
395     int		unique = FALSE;
396     long	deleted;
397     colnr_T	start_col;
398     colnr_T	end_col;
399     int		sort_what = 0;
400     int		format_found = 0;
401     int		change_occurred = FALSE; // Buffer contents changed.
402 
403     /* Sorting one line is really quick! */
404     if (count <= 1)
405 	return;
406 
407     if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL)
408 	return;
409     sortbuf1 = NULL;
410     sortbuf2 = NULL;
411     regmatch.regprog = NULL;
412     nrs = (sorti_T *)lalloc((long_u)(count * sizeof(sorti_T)), TRUE);
413     if (nrs == NULL)
414 	goto sortend;
415 
416     sort_abort = sort_ic = sort_rx = sort_nr = 0;
417 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
418     sort_flt = 0;
419 #endif
420 
421     for (p = eap->arg; *p != NUL; ++p)
422     {
423 	if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p))
424 	    ;
425 	else if (*p == 'i')
426 	    sort_ic = TRUE;
427 	else if (*p == 'r')
428 	    sort_rx = TRUE;
429 	else if (*p == 'n')
430 	{
431 	    sort_nr = 1;
432 	    ++format_found;
433 	}
434 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
435 	else if (*p == 'f')
436 	{
437 	    sort_flt = 1;
438 	    ++format_found;
439 	}
440 #endif
441 	else if (*p == 'b')
442 	{
443 	    sort_what = STR2NR_BIN + STR2NR_FORCE;
444 	    ++format_found;
445 	}
446 	else if (*p == 'o')
447 	{
448 	    sort_what = STR2NR_OCT + STR2NR_FORCE;
449 	    ++format_found;
450 	}
451 	else if (*p == 'x')
452 	{
453 	    sort_what = STR2NR_HEX + STR2NR_FORCE;
454 	    ++format_found;
455 	}
456 	else if (*p == 'u')
457 	    unique = TRUE;
458 	else if (*p == '"')	/* comment start */
459 	    break;
460 	else if (check_nextcmd(p) != NULL)
461 	{
462 	    eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p);
463 	    break;
464 	}
465 	else if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) && regmatch.regprog == NULL)
466 	{
467 	    s = skip_regexp(p + 1, *p, TRUE, NULL);
468 	    if (*s != *p)
469 	    {
470 		EMSG(_(e_invalpat));
471 		goto sortend;
472 	    }
473 	    *s = NUL;
474 	    /* Use last search pattern if sort pattern is empty. */
475 	    if (s == p + 1)
476 	    {
477 		if (last_search_pat() == NULL)
478 		{
479 		    EMSG(_(e_noprevre));
480 		    goto sortend;
481 		}
482 		regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(last_search_pat(), RE_MAGIC);
483 	    }
484 	    else
485 		regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(p + 1, RE_MAGIC);
486 	    if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
487 		goto sortend;
488 	    p = s;		/* continue after the regexp */
489 	    regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic;
490 	}
491 	else
492 	{
493 	    EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p);
494 	    goto sortend;
495 	}
496     }
497 
498     /* Can only have one of 'n', 'b', 'o' and 'x'. */
499     if (format_found > 1)
500     {
501 	EMSG(_(e_invarg));
502 	goto sortend;
503     }
504 
505     /* From here on "sort_nr" is used as a flag for any integer number
506      * sorting. */
507     sort_nr += sort_what;
508 
509     /*
510      * Make an array with all line numbers.  This avoids having to copy all
511      * the lines into allocated memory.
512      * When sorting on strings "start_col_nr" is the offset in the line, for
513      * numbers sorting it's the number to sort on.  This means the pattern
514      * matching and number conversion only has to be done once per line.
515      * Also get the longest line length for allocating "sortbuf".
516      */
517     for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum)
518     {
519 	s = ml_get(lnum);
520 	len = (int)STRLEN(s);
521 	if (maxlen < len)
522 	    maxlen = len;
523 
524 	start_col = 0;
525 	end_col = len;
526 	if (regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(&regmatch, s, 0))
527 	{
528 	    if (sort_rx)
529 	    {
530 		start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.startp[0] - s);
531 		end_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s);
532 	    }
533 	    else
534 		start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s);
535 	}
536 	else
537 	    if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
538 		end_col = 0;
539 
540 	if (sort_nr
541 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
542 		|| sort_flt
543 #endif
544 		)
545 	{
546 	    /* Make sure vim_str2nr doesn't read any digits past the end
547 	     * of the match, by temporarily terminating the string there */
548 	    s2 = s + end_col;
549 	    c = *s2;
550 	    *s2 = NUL;
551 	    /* Sorting on number: Store the number itself. */
552 	    p = s + start_col;
553 	    if (sort_nr)
554 	    {
555 		if (sort_what & STR2NR_HEX)
556 		    s = skiptohex(p);
557 		else if (sort_what & STR2NR_BIN)
558 		    s = skiptobin(p);
559 		else
560 		    s = skiptodigit(p);
561 		if (s > p && s[-1] == '-')
562 		    --s;  /* include preceding negative sign */
563 		if (*s == NUL)
564 		    /* empty line should sort before any number */
565 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value = -MAXLNUM;
566 		else
567 		    vim_str2nr(s, NULL, NULL, sort_what,
568 			       &nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value, NULL, 0);
569 	    }
570 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
571 	    else
572 	    {
573 		s = skipwhite(p);
574 		if (*s == '+')
575 		    s = skipwhite(s + 1);
576 
577 		if (*s == NUL)
578 		    /* empty line should sort before any number */
579 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt = -DBL_MAX;
580 		else
581 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt =
582 						      strtod((char *)s, NULL);
583 	    }
584 #endif
585 	    *s2 = c;
586 	}
587 	else
588 	{
589 	    /* Store the column to sort at. */
590 	    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.start_col_nr = start_col;
591 	    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.end_col_nr = end_col;
592 	}
593 
594 	nrs[lnum - eap->line1].lnum = lnum;
595 
596 	if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
597 	    fast_breakcheck();
598 	if (got_int)
599 	    goto sortend;
600     }
601 
602     /* Allocate a buffer that can hold the longest line. */
603     sortbuf1 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1);
604     if (sortbuf1 == NULL)
605 	goto sortend;
606     sortbuf2 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1);
607     if (sortbuf2 == NULL)
608 	goto sortend;
609 
610     /* Sort the array of line numbers.  Note: can't be interrupted! */
611     qsort((void *)nrs, count, sizeof(sorti_T), sort_compare);
612 
613     if (sort_abort)
614 	goto sortend;
615 
616     /* Insert the lines in the sorted order below the last one. */
617     lnum = eap->line2;
618     for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
619     {
620 	linenr_T get_lnum = nrs[eap->forceit ? count - i - 1 : i].lnum;
621 
622 	// If the original line number of the line being placed is not the same
623 	// as "lnum" (accounting for offset), we know that the buffer changed.
624 	if (get_lnum + ((linenr_T)count - 1) != lnum)
625 	    change_occurred = TRUE;
626 
627 	s = ml_get(get_lnum);
628 	if (!unique || i == 0
629 		|| (sort_ic ? STRICMP(s, sortbuf1) : STRCMP(s, sortbuf1)) != 0)
630 	{
631 	    // Copy the line into a buffer, it may become invalid in
632 	    // ml_append(). And it's needed for "unique".
633 	    STRCPY(sortbuf1, s);
634 	    if (ml_append(lnum++, sortbuf1, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) == FAIL)
635 		break;
636 	}
637 	fast_breakcheck();
638 	if (got_int)
639 	    goto sortend;
640     }
641 
642     /* delete the original lines if appending worked */
643     if (i == count)
644 	for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
645 	    ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE);
646     else
647 	count = 0;
648 
649     /* Adjust marks for deleted (or added) lines and prepare for displaying. */
650     deleted = (long)(count - (lnum - eap->line2));
651     if (deleted > 0)
652 	mark_adjust(eap->line2 - deleted, eap->line2, (long)MAXLNUM, -deleted);
653     else if (deleted < 0)
654 	mark_adjust(eap->line2, MAXLNUM, -deleted, 0L);
655 
656     if (change_occurred || deleted != 0)
657 	changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, -deleted);
658 
659     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1;
660     beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
661 
662 sortend:
663     vim_free(nrs);
664     vim_free(sortbuf1);
665     vim_free(sortbuf2);
666     vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
667     if (got_int)
668 	EMSG(_(e_interr));
669 }
670 
671 /*
672  * ":retab".
673  */
674     void
675 ex_retab(exarg_T *eap)
676 {
677     linenr_T	lnum;
678     int		got_tab = FALSE;
679     long	num_spaces = 0;
680     long	num_tabs;
681     long	len;
682     long	col;
683     long	vcol;
684     long	start_col = 0;		/* For start of white-space string */
685     long	start_vcol = 0;		/* For start of white-space string */
686     long	old_len;
687     char_u	*ptr;
688     char_u	*new_line = (char_u *)1;    /* init to non-NULL */
689     int		did_undo;		/* called u_save for current line */
690 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
691     int		*new_vts_array = NULL;
692     char_u	*new_ts_str;		/* string value of tab argument */
693 #else
694     int		temp;
695     int		new_ts;
696 #endif
697     int		save_list;
698     linenr_T	first_line = 0;		/* first changed line */
699     linenr_T	last_line = 0;		/* last changed line */
700 
701     save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
702     curwin->w_p_list = 0;	    /* don't want list mode here */
703 
704 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
705     new_ts_str = eap->arg;
706     if (!tabstop_set(eap->arg, &new_vts_array))
707 	return;
708     while (vim_isdigit(*(eap->arg)) || *(eap->arg) == ',')
709 	++(eap->arg);
710 
711     // This ensures that either new_vts_array and new_ts_str are freshly
712     // allocated, or new_vts_array points to an existing array and new_ts_str
713     // is null.
714     if (new_vts_array == NULL)
715     {
716 	new_vts_array = curbuf->b_p_vts_array;
717 	new_ts_str = NULL;
718     }
719     else
720 	new_ts_str = vim_strnsave(new_ts_str, eap->arg - new_ts_str);
721 #else
722     new_ts = getdigits(&(eap->arg));
723     if (new_ts < 0)
724     {
725 	EMSG(_(e_positive));
726 	return;
727     }
728     if (new_ts == 0)
729 	new_ts = curbuf->b_p_ts;
730 #endif
731     for (lnum = eap->line1; !got_int && lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum)
732     {
733 	ptr = ml_get(lnum);
734 	col = 0;
735 	vcol = 0;
736 	did_undo = FALSE;
737 	for (;;)
738 	{
739 	    if (VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[col]))
740 	    {
741 		if (!got_tab && num_spaces == 0)
742 		{
743 		    /* First consecutive white-space */
744 		    start_vcol = vcol;
745 		    start_col = col;
746 		}
747 		if (ptr[col] == ' ')
748 		    num_spaces++;
749 		else
750 		    got_tab = TRUE;
751 	    }
752 	    else
753 	    {
754 		if (got_tab || (eap->forceit && num_spaces > 1))
755 		{
756 		    /* Retabulate this string of white-space */
757 
758 		    /* len is virtual length of white string */
759 		    len = num_spaces = vcol - start_vcol;
760 		    num_tabs = 0;
761 		    if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
762 		    {
763 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
764 			int t, s;
765 
766 			tabstop_fromto(start_vcol, vcol,
767 					curbuf->b_p_ts, new_vts_array, &t, &s);
768 			num_tabs = t;
769 			num_spaces = s;
770 #else
771 			temp = new_ts - (start_vcol % new_ts);
772 			if (num_spaces >= temp)
773 			{
774 			    num_spaces -= temp;
775 			    num_tabs++;
776 			}
777 			num_tabs += num_spaces / new_ts;
778 			num_spaces -= (num_spaces / new_ts) * new_ts;
779 #endif
780 		    }
781 		    if (curbuf->b_p_et || got_tab ||
782 					(num_spaces + num_tabs < len))
783 		    {
784 			if (did_undo == FALSE)
785 			{
786 			    did_undo = TRUE;
787 			    if (u_save((linenr_T)(lnum - 1),
788 						(linenr_T)(lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
789 			    {
790 				new_line = NULL;	/* flag out-of-memory */
791 				break;
792 			    }
793 			}
794 
795 			/* len is actual number of white characters used */
796 			len = num_spaces + num_tabs;
797 			old_len = (long)STRLEN(ptr);
798 			new_line = lalloc(old_len - col + start_col + len + 1,
799 									TRUE);
800 			if (new_line == NULL)
801 			    break;
802 			if (start_col > 0)
803 			    mch_memmove(new_line, ptr, (size_t)start_col);
804 			mch_memmove(new_line + start_col + len,
805 				      ptr + col, (size_t)(old_len - col + 1));
806 			ptr = new_line + start_col;
807 			for (col = 0; col < len; col++)
808 			    ptr[col] = (col < num_tabs) ? '\t' : ' ';
809 			ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE);
810 			if (first_line == 0)
811 			    first_line = lnum;
812 			last_line = lnum;
813 			ptr = new_line;
814 			col = start_col + len;
815 		    }
816 		}
817 		got_tab = FALSE;
818 		num_spaces = 0;
819 	    }
820 	    if (ptr[col] == NUL)
821 		break;
822 	    vcol += chartabsize(ptr + col, (colnr_T)vcol);
823 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
824 	    if (has_mbyte)
825 		col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + col);
826 	    else
827 #endif
828 		++col;
829 	}
830 	if (new_line == NULL)		    /* out of memory */
831 	    break;
832 	line_breakcheck();
833     }
834     if (got_int)
835 	EMSG(_(e_interr));
836 
837 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
838     // If a single value was given then it can be considered equal to
839     // either the value of 'tabstop' or the value of 'vartabstop'.
840     if (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_array) == 0
841 	&& tabstop_count(new_vts_array) == 1
842 	&& curbuf->b_p_ts == tabstop_first(new_vts_array))
843 	; /* not changed */
844     else if (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_array) > 0
845         && tabstop_eq(curbuf->b_p_vts_array, new_vts_array))
846 	; /* not changed */
847     else
848 	redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
849 #else
850     if (curbuf->b_p_ts != new_ts)
851 	redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
852 #endif
853     if (first_line != 0)
854 	changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line + 1, 0L);
855 
856     curwin->w_p_list = save_list;	/* restore 'list' */
857 
858 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
859     if (new_ts_str != NULL)		/* set the new tabstop */
860     {
861 	// If 'vartabstop' is in use or if the value given to retab has more
862 	// than one tabstop then update 'vartabstop'.
863 	int *old_vts_ary = curbuf->b_p_vts_array;
864 
865 	if (tabstop_count(old_vts_ary) > 0 || tabstop_count(new_vts_array) > 1)
866 	{
867 	    set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"vts", -1, new_ts_str,
868 							OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
869 	    curbuf->b_p_vts_array = new_vts_array;
870 	    vim_free(old_vts_ary);
871 	}
872 	else
873 	{
874 	    // 'vartabstop' wasn't in use and a single value was given to
875 	    // retab then update 'tabstop'.
876 	    curbuf->b_p_ts = tabstop_first(new_vts_array);
877 	    vim_free(new_vts_array);
878 	}
879 	vim_free(new_ts_str);
880     }
881 #else
882     curbuf->b_p_ts = new_ts;
883 #endif
884     coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
885 
886     u_clearline();
887 }
888 
889 /*
890  * :move command - move lines line1-line2 to line dest
891  *
892  * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
893  */
894     int
895 do_move(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T dest)
896 {
897     char_u	*str;
898     linenr_T	l;
899     linenr_T	extra;	    /* Num lines added before line1 */
900     linenr_T	num_lines;  /* Num lines moved */
901     linenr_T	last_line;  /* Last line in file after adding new text */
902 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
903     win_T	*win;
904     tabpage_T	*tp;
905 #endif
906 
907     if (dest >= line1 && dest < line2)
908     {
909 	EMSG(_("E134: Move lines into themselves"));
910 	return FAIL;
911     }
912 
913     num_lines = line2 - line1 + 1;
914 
915     /*
916      * First we copy the old text to its new location -- webb
917      * Also copy the flag that ":global" command uses.
918      */
919     if (u_save(dest, dest + 1) == FAIL)
920 	return FAIL;
921     for (extra = 0, l = line1; l <= line2; l++)
922     {
923 	str = vim_strsave(ml_get(l + extra));
924 	if (str != NULL)
925 	{
926 	    ml_append(dest + l - line1, str, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
927 	    vim_free(str);
928 	    if (dest < line1)
929 		extra++;
930 	}
931     }
932 
933     /*
934      * Now we must be careful adjusting our marks so that we don't overlap our
935      * mark_adjust() calls.
936      *
937      * We adjust the marks within the old text so that they refer to the
938      * last lines of the file (temporarily), because we know no other marks
939      * will be set there since these line numbers did not exist until we added
940      * our new lines.
941      *
942      * Then we adjust the marks on lines between the old and new text positions
943      * (either forwards or backwards).
944      *
945      * And Finally we adjust the marks we put at the end of the file back to
946      * their final destination at the new text position -- webb
947      */
948     last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
949     mark_adjust_nofold(line1, line2, last_line - line2, 0L);
950     if (dest >= line2)
951     {
952 	mark_adjust_nofold(line2 + 1, dest, -num_lines, 0L);
953 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
954 	FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) {
955 	    if (win->w_buffer == curbuf)
956 		foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, line1, line2, dest);
957 	}
958 #endif
959 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest - num_lines + 1;
960 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest;
961     }
962     else
963     {
964 	mark_adjust_nofold(dest + 1, line1 - 1, num_lines, 0L);
965 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
966 	FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) {
967 	    if (win->w_buffer == curbuf)
968 		foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, dest + 1, line1 - 1, line2);
969 	}
970 #endif
971 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest + 1;
972 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest + num_lines;
973     }
974     curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
975     mark_adjust_nofold(last_line - num_lines + 1, last_line,
976 					     -(last_line - dest - extra), 0L);
977 
978     /*
979      * Now we delete the original text -- webb
980      */
981     if (u_save(line1 + extra - 1, line2 + extra + 1) == FAIL)
982 	return FAIL;
983 
984     for (l = line1; l <= line2; l++)
985 	ml_delete(line1 + extra, TRUE);
986 
987     if (!global_busy && num_lines > p_report)
988 	smsg((char_u *)NGETTEXT("%ld line moved", "%ld lines moved", num_lines),
989 			(long)num_lines);
990 
991     /*
992      * Leave the cursor on the last of the moved lines.
993      */
994     if (dest >= line1)
995 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest;
996     else
997 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest + (line2 - line1) + 1;
998 
999     if (line1 < dest)
1000     {
1001 	dest += num_lines + 1;
1002 	last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
1003 	if (dest > last_line + 1)
1004 	    dest = last_line + 1;
1005 	changed_lines(line1, 0, dest, 0L);
1006     }
1007     else
1008 	changed_lines(dest + 1, 0, line1 + num_lines, 0L);
1009 
1010     return OK;
1011 }
1012 
1013 /*
1014  * ":copy"
1015  */
1016     void
1017 ex_copy(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T n)
1018 {
1019     linenr_T	count;
1020     char_u	*p;
1021 
1022     count = line2 - line1 + 1;
1023     curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = n + 1;
1024     curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = n + count;
1025     curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
1026 
1027     /*
1028      * there are three situations:
1029      * 1. destination is above line1
1030      * 2. destination is between line1 and line2
1031      * 3. destination is below line2
1032      *
1033      * n = destination (when starting)
1034      * curwin->w_cursor.lnum = destination (while copying)
1035      * line1 = start of source (while copying)
1036      * line2 = end of source (while copying)
1037      */
1038     if (u_save(n, n + 1) == FAIL)
1039 	return;
1040 
1041     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = n;
1042     while (line1 <= line2)
1043     {
1044 	/* need to use vim_strsave() because the line will be unlocked within
1045 	 * ml_append() */
1046 	p = vim_strsave(ml_get(line1));
1047 	if (p != NULL)
1048 	{
1049 	    ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
1050 	    vim_free(p);
1051 	}
1052 	/* situation 2: skip already copied lines */
1053 	if (line1 == n)
1054 	    line1 = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1055 	++line1;
1056 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line1)
1057 	    ++line1;
1058 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line2)
1059 	    ++line2;
1060 	++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1061     }
1062 
1063     appended_lines_mark(n, count);
1064 
1065     msgmore((long)count);
1066 }
1067 
1068 static char_u	*prevcmd = NULL;	/* the previous command */
1069 
1070 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
1071     void
1072 free_prev_shellcmd(void)
1073 {
1074     vim_free(prevcmd);
1075 }
1076 #endif
1077 
1078 /*
1079  * Handle the ":!cmd" command.	Also for ":r !cmd" and ":w !cmd"
1080  * Bangs in the argument are replaced with the previously entered command.
1081  * Remember the argument.
1082  */
1083     void
1084 do_bang(
1085     int		addr_count,
1086     exarg_T	*eap,
1087     int		forceit,
1088     int		do_in,
1089     int		do_out)
1090 {
1091     char_u		*arg = eap->arg;	/* command */
1092     linenr_T		line1 = eap->line1;	/* start of range */
1093     linenr_T		line2 = eap->line2;	/* end of range */
1094     char_u		*newcmd = NULL;		/* the new command */
1095     int			free_newcmd = FALSE;    /* need to free() newcmd */
1096     int			ins_prevcmd;
1097     char_u		*t;
1098     char_u		*p;
1099     char_u		*trailarg;
1100     int			len;
1101     int			scroll_save = msg_scroll;
1102 
1103     /*
1104      * Disallow shell commands for "rvim".
1105      * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for
1106      * security reasons.
1107      */
1108     if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
1109 	return;
1110 
1111     if (addr_count == 0)		/* :! */
1112     {
1113 	msg_scroll = FALSE;	    /* don't scroll here */
1114 	autowrite_all();
1115 	msg_scroll = scroll_save;
1116     }
1117 
1118     /*
1119      * Try to find an embedded bang, like in :!<cmd> ! [args]
1120      * (:!! is indicated by the 'forceit' variable)
1121      */
1122     ins_prevcmd = forceit;
1123     trailarg = arg;
1124     do
1125     {
1126 	len = (int)STRLEN(trailarg) + 1;
1127 	if (newcmd != NULL)
1128 	    len += (int)STRLEN(newcmd);
1129 	if (ins_prevcmd)
1130 	{
1131 	    if (prevcmd == NULL)
1132 	    {
1133 		EMSG(_(e_noprev));
1134 		vim_free(newcmd);
1135 		return;
1136 	    }
1137 	    len += (int)STRLEN(prevcmd);
1138 	}
1139 	if ((t = alloc((unsigned)len)) == NULL)
1140 	{
1141 	    vim_free(newcmd);
1142 	    return;
1143 	}
1144 	*t = NUL;
1145 	if (newcmd != NULL)
1146 	    STRCAT(t, newcmd);
1147 	if (ins_prevcmd)
1148 	    STRCAT(t, prevcmd);
1149 	p = t + STRLEN(t);
1150 	STRCAT(t, trailarg);
1151 	vim_free(newcmd);
1152 	newcmd = t;
1153 
1154 	/*
1155 	 * Scan the rest of the argument for '!', which is replaced by the
1156 	 * previous command.  "\!" is replaced by "!" (this is vi compatible).
1157 	 */
1158 	trailarg = NULL;
1159 	while (*p)
1160 	{
1161 	    if (*p == '!')
1162 	    {
1163 		if (p > newcmd && p[-1] == '\\')
1164 		    STRMOVE(p - 1, p);
1165 		else
1166 		{
1167 		    trailarg = p;
1168 		    *trailarg++ = NUL;
1169 		    ins_prevcmd = TRUE;
1170 		    break;
1171 		}
1172 	    }
1173 	    ++p;
1174 	}
1175     } while (trailarg != NULL);
1176 
1177     vim_free(prevcmd);
1178     prevcmd = newcmd;
1179 
1180     if (bangredo)	    /* put cmd in redo buffer for ! command */
1181     {
1182 	/* If % or # appears in the command, it must have been escaped.
1183 	 * Reescape them, so that redoing them does not substitute them by the
1184 	 * buffername. */
1185 	char_u *cmd = vim_strsave_escaped(prevcmd, (char_u *)"%#");
1186 
1187 	if (cmd != NULL)
1188 	{
1189 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(cmd, -1);
1190 	    vim_free(cmd);
1191 	}
1192 	else
1193 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(prevcmd, -1);
1194 	AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\n");
1195 	bangredo = FALSE;
1196     }
1197     /*
1198      * Add quotes around the command, for shells that need them.
1199      */
1200     if (*p_shq != NUL)
1201     {
1202 	newcmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(prevcmd) + 2 * STRLEN(p_shq) + 1));
1203 	if (newcmd == NULL)
1204 	    return;
1205 	STRCPY(newcmd, p_shq);
1206 	STRCAT(newcmd, prevcmd);
1207 	STRCAT(newcmd, p_shq);
1208 	free_newcmd = TRUE;
1209     }
1210     if (addr_count == 0)		/* :! */
1211     {
1212 	/* echo the command */
1213 	msg_start();
1214 	msg_putchar(':');
1215 	msg_putchar('!');
1216 	msg_outtrans(newcmd);
1217 	msg_clr_eos();
1218 	windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
1219 
1220 	do_shell(newcmd, 0);
1221     }
1222     else				/* :range! */
1223     {
1224 	/* Careful: This may recursively call do_bang() again! (because of
1225 	 * autocommands) */
1226 	do_filter(line1, line2, eap, newcmd, do_in, do_out);
1227 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLFILTERPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1228     }
1229     if (free_newcmd)
1230 	vim_free(newcmd);
1231 }
1232 
1233 /*
1234  * do_filter: filter lines through a command given by the user
1235  *
1236  * We mostly use temp files and the call_shell() routine here. This would
1237  * normally be done using pipes on a UNIX machine, but this is more portable
1238  * to non-unix machines. The call_shell() routine needs to be able
1239  * to deal with redirection somehow, and should handle things like looking
1240  * at the PATH env. variable, and adding reasonable extensions to the
1241  * command name given by the user. All reasonable versions of call_shell()
1242  * do this.
1243  * Alternatively, if on Unix and redirecting input or output, but not both,
1244  * and the 'shelltemp' option isn't set, use pipes.
1245  * We use input redirection if do_in is TRUE.
1246  * We use output redirection if do_out is TRUE.
1247  */
1248     static void
1249 do_filter(
1250     linenr_T	line1,
1251     linenr_T	line2,
1252     exarg_T	*eap,		/* for forced 'ff' and 'fenc' */
1253     char_u	*cmd,
1254     int		do_in,
1255     int		do_out)
1256 {
1257     char_u	*itmp = NULL;
1258     char_u	*otmp = NULL;
1259     linenr_T	linecount;
1260     linenr_T	read_linecount;
1261     pos_T	cursor_save;
1262     char_u	*cmd_buf;
1263     buf_T	*old_curbuf = curbuf;
1264     int		shell_flags = 0;
1265 
1266     if (*cmd == NUL)	    /* no filter command */
1267 	return;
1268 
1269     cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
1270     linecount = line2 - line1 + 1;
1271     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1;
1272     curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1273     changed_line_abv_curs();
1274     invalidate_botline();
1275 
1276     /*
1277      * When using temp files:
1278      * 1. * Form temp file names
1279      * 2. * Write the lines to a temp file
1280      * 3.   Run the filter command on the temp file
1281      * 4. * Read the output of the command into the buffer
1282      * 5. * Delete the original lines to be filtered
1283      * 6. * Remove the temp files
1284      *
1285      * When writing the input with a pipe or when catching the output with a
1286      * pipe only need to do 3.
1287      */
1288 
1289     if (do_out)
1290 	shell_flags |= SHELL_DOOUT;
1291 
1292 #ifdef FEAT_FILTERPIPE
1293     if (!do_in && do_out && !p_stmp)
1294     {
1295 	/* Use a pipe to fetch stdout of the command, do not use a temp file. */
1296 	shell_flags |= SHELL_READ;
1297 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2;
1298     }
1299     else if (do_in && !do_out && !p_stmp)
1300     {
1301 	/* Use a pipe to write stdin of the command, do not use a temp file. */
1302 	shell_flags |= SHELL_WRITE;
1303 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1;
1304 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2;
1305     }
1306     else if (do_in && do_out && !p_stmp)
1307     {
1308 	/* Use a pipe to write stdin and fetch stdout of the command, do not
1309 	 * use a temp file. */
1310 	shell_flags |= SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE;
1311 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1;
1312 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2;
1313 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2;
1314     }
1315     else
1316 #endif
1317 	if ((do_in && (itmp = vim_tempname('i', FALSE)) == NULL)
1318 		|| (do_out && (otmp = vim_tempname('o', FALSE)) == NULL))
1319 	{
1320 	    EMSG(_(e_notmp));
1321 	    goto filterend;
1322 	}
1323 
1324 /*
1325  * The writing and reading of temp files will not be shown.
1326  * Vi also doesn't do this and the messages are not very informative.
1327  */
1328     ++no_wait_return;		/* don't call wait_return() while busy */
1329     if (itmp != NULL && buf_write(curbuf, itmp, NULL, line1, line2, eap,
1330 					   FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL)
1331     {
1332 	msg_putchar('\n');		/* keep message from buf_write() */
1333 	--no_wait_return;
1334 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
1335 	if (!aborting())
1336 #endif
1337 	    (void)EMSG2(_(e_notcreate), itmp);	/* will call wait_return */
1338 	goto filterend;
1339     }
1340     if (curbuf != old_curbuf)
1341 	goto filterend;
1342 
1343     if (!do_out)
1344 	msg_putchar('\n');
1345 
1346     /* Create the shell command in allocated memory. */
1347     cmd_buf = make_filter_cmd(cmd, itmp, otmp);
1348     if (cmd_buf == NULL)
1349 	goto filterend;
1350 
1351     windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
1352     cursor_on();
1353 
1354     /*
1355      * When not redirecting the output the command can write anything to the
1356      * screen. If 'shellredir' is equal to ">", screen may be messed up by
1357      * stderr output of external command. Clear the screen later.
1358      * If do_in is FALSE, this could be something like ":r !cat", which may
1359      * also mess up the screen, clear it later.
1360      */
1361     if (!do_out || STRCMP(p_srr, ">") == 0 || !do_in)
1362 	redraw_later_clear();
1363 
1364     if (do_out)
1365     {
1366 	if (u_save((linenr_T)(line2), (linenr_T)(line2 + 1)) == FAIL)
1367 	{
1368 	    vim_free(cmd_buf);
1369 	    goto error;
1370 	}
1371 	redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
1372     }
1373     read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
1374 
1375     /*
1376      * When call_shell() fails wait_return() is called to give the user a
1377      * chance to read the error messages. Otherwise errors are ignored, so you
1378      * can see the error messages from the command that appear on stdout; use
1379      * 'u' to fix the text
1380      * Switch to cooked mode when not redirecting stdin, avoids that something
1381      * like ":r !cat" hangs.
1382      * Pass on the SHELL_DOOUT flag when the output is being redirected.
1383      */
1384     if (call_shell(cmd_buf, SHELL_FILTER | SHELL_COOKED | shell_flags))
1385     {
1386 	redraw_later_clear();
1387 	wait_return(FALSE);
1388     }
1389     vim_free(cmd_buf);
1390 
1391     did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
1392     need_check_timestamps = TRUE;
1393 
1394     /* When interrupting the shell command, it may still have produced some
1395      * useful output.  Reset got_int here, so that readfile() won't cancel
1396      * reading. */
1397     ui_breakcheck();
1398     got_int = FALSE;
1399 
1400     if (do_out)
1401     {
1402 	if (otmp != NULL)
1403 	{
1404 	    if (readfile(otmp, NULL, line2, (linenr_T)0, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM,
1405 						    eap, READ_FILTER) != OK)
1406 	    {
1407 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
1408 		if (!aborting())
1409 #endif
1410 		{
1411 		    msg_putchar('\n');
1412 		    EMSG2(_(e_notread), otmp);
1413 		}
1414 		goto error;
1415 	    }
1416 	    if (curbuf != old_curbuf)
1417 		goto filterend;
1418 	}
1419 
1420 	read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - read_linecount;
1421 
1422 	if (shell_flags & SHELL_READ)
1423 	{
1424 	    curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line2 + 1;
1425 	    curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1426 	    appended_lines_mark(line2, read_linecount);
1427 	}
1428 
1429 	if (do_in)
1430 	{
1431 	    if (cmdmod.keepmarks || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REMMARK) == NULL)
1432 	    {
1433 		if (read_linecount >= linecount)
1434 		    /* move all marks from old lines to new lines */
1435 		    mark_adjust(line1, line2, linecount, 0L);
1436 		else
1437 		{
1438 		    /* move marks from old lines to new lines, delete marks
1439 		     * that are in deleted lines */
1440 		    mark_adjust(line1, line1 + read_linecount - 1,
1441 								linecount, 0L);
1442 		    mark_adjust(line1 + read_linecount, line2, MAXLNUM, 0L);
1443 		}
1444 	    }
1445 
1446 	    /*
1447 	     * Put cursor on first filtered line for ":range!cmd".
1448 	     * Adjust '[ and '] (set by buf_write()).
1449 	     */
1450 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1;
1451 	    del_lines(linecount, TRUE);
1452 	    curbuf->b_op_start.lnum -= linecount;	/* adjust '[ */
1453 	    curbuf->b_op_end.lnum -= linecount;		/* adjust '] */
1454 	    write_lnum_adjust(-linecount);		/* adjust last line
1455 							   for next write */
1456 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1457 	    foldUpdate(curwin, curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, curbuf->b_op_end.lnum);
1458 #endif
1459 	}
1460 	else
1461 	{
1462 	    /*
1463 	     * Put cursor on last new line for ":r !cmd".
1464 	     */
1465 	    linecount = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum - curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + 1;
1466 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum;
1467 	}
1468 
1469 	beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);	    /* cursor on first non-blank */
1470 	--no_wait_return;
1471 
1472 	if (linecount > p_report)
1473 	{
1474 	    if (do_in)
1475 	    {
1476 		vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf),
1477 				    _("%ld lines filtered"), (long)linecount);
1478 		if (msg(msg_buf) && !msg_scroll)
1479 		    /* save message to display it after redraw */
1480 		    set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
1481 	    }
1482 	    else
1483 		msgmore((long)linecount);
1484 	}
1485     }
1486     else
1487     {
1488 error:
1489 	/* put cursor back in same position for ":w !cmd" */
1490 	curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
1491 	--no_wait_return;
1492 	wait_return(FALSE);
1493     }
1494 
1495 filterend:
1496 
1497     if (curbuf != old_curbuf)
1498     {
1499 	--no_wait_return;
1500 	EMSG(_("E135: *Filter* Autocommands must not change current buffer"));
1501     }
1502     if (itmp != NULL)
1503 	mch_remove(itmp);
1504     if (otmp != NULL)
1505 	mch_remove(otmp);
1506     vim_free(itmp);
1507     vim_free(otmp);
1508 }
1509 
1510 /*
1511  * Call a shell to execute a command.
1512  * When "cmd" is NULL start an interactive shell.
1513  */
1514     void
1515 do_shell(
1516     char_u	*cmd,
1517     int		flags)	/* may be SHELL_DOOUT when output is redirected */
1518 {
1519     buf_T	*buf;
1520 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1521     int		save_nwr;
1522 #endif
1523 #ifdef MSWIN
1524     int		winstart = FALSE;
1525 #endif
1526 
1527     /*
1528      * Disallow shell commands for "rvim".
1529      * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for
1530      * security reasons.
1531      */
1532     if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
1533     {
1534 	msg_end();
1535 	return;
1536     }
1537 
1538 #ifdef MSWIN
1539     /*
1540      * Check if ":!start" is used.
1541      */
1542     if (cmd != NULL)
1543 	winstart = (STRNICMP(cmd, "start ", 6) == 0);
1544 #endif
1545 
1546     /*
1547      * For autocommands we want to get the output on the current screen, to
1548      * avoid having to type return below.
1549      */
1550     msg_putchar('\r');			/* put cursor at start of line */
1551     if (!autocmd_busy)
1552     {
1553 #ifdef MSWIN
1554 	if (!winstart)
1555 #endif
1556 	    stoptermcap();
1557     }
1558 #ifdef MSWIN
1559     if (!winstart)
1560 #endif
1561 	msg_putchar('\n');		/* may shift screen one line up */
1562 
1563     /* warning message before calling the shell */
1564     if (p_warn && !autocmd_busy && msg_silent == 0)
1565 	FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
1566 	    if (bufIsChangedNotTerm(buf))
1567 	    {
1568 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1569 		if (!winstart)
1570 		    starttermcap();	/* don't want a message box here */
1571 #endif
1572 		MSG_PUTS(_("[No write since last change]\n"));
1573 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1574 		if (!winstart)
1575 		    stoptermcap();
1576 #endif
1577 		break;
1578 	    }
1579 
1580     /* This windgoto is required for when the '\n' resulted in a "delete line
1581      * 1" command to the terminal. */
1582     if (!swapping_screen())
1583 	windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
1584     cursor_on();
1585     (void)call_shell(cmd, SHELL_COOKED | flags);
1586     did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
1587     need_check_timestamps = TRUE;
1588 
1589     /*
1590      * put the message cursor at the end of the screen, avoids wait_return()
1591      * to overwrite the text that the external command showed
1592      */
1593     if (!swapping_screen())
1594     {
1595 	msg_row = Rows - 1;
1596 	msg_col = 0;
1597     }
1598 
1599     if (autocmd_busy)
1600     {
1601 	if (msg_silent == 0)
1602 	    redraw_later_clear();
1603     }
1604     else
1605     {
1606 	/*
1607 	 * For ":sh" there is no need to call wait_return(), just redraw.
1608 	 * Also for the Win32 GUI (the output is in a console window).
1609 	 * Otherwise there is probably text on the screen that the user wants
1610 	 * to read before redrawing, so call wait_return().
1611 	 */
1612 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1613 	if (cmd == NULL
1614 # ifdef WIN3264
1615 		|| (winstart && !need_wait_return)
1616 # endif
1617 	   )
1618 	{
1619 	    if (msg_silent == 0)
1620 		redraw_later_clear();
1621 	    need_wait_return = FALSE;
1622 	}
1623 	else
1624 	{
1625 	    /*
1626 	     * If we switch screens when starttermcap() is called, we really
1627 	     * want to wait for "hit return to continue".
1628 	     */
1629 	    save_nwr = no_wait_return;
1630 	    if (swapping_screen())
1631 		no_wait_return = FALSE;
1632 # ifdef AMIGA
1633 	    wait_return(term_console ? -1 : msg_silent == 0);	/* see below */
1634 # else
1635 	    wait_return(msg_silent == 0);
1636 # endif
1637 	    no_wait_return = save_nwr;
1638 	}
1639 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */
1640 
1641 #ifdef MSWIN
1642 	if (!winstart) /* if winstart==TRUE, never stopped termcap! */
1643 #endif
1644 	    starttermcap();	/* start termcap if not done by wait_return() */
1645 
1646 	/*
1647 	 * In an Amiga window redrawing is caused by asking the window size.
1648 	 * If we got an interrupt this will not work. The chance that the
1649 	 * window size is wrong is very small, but we need to redraw the
1650 	 * screen.  Don't do this if ':' hit in wait_return().	THIS IS UGLY
1651 	 * but it saves an extra redraw.
1652 	 */
1653 #ifdef AMIGA
1654 	if (skip_redraw)		/* ':' hit in wait_return() */
1655 	{
1656 	    if (msg_silent == 0)
1657 		redraw_later_clear();
1658 	}
1659 	else if (term_console)
1660 	{
1661 	    OUT_STR(IF_EB("\033[0 q", ESC_STR "[0 q"));	/* get window size */
1662 	    if (got_int && msg_silent == 0)
1663 		redraw_later_clear();	/* if got_int is TRUE, redraw needed */
1664 	    else
1665 		must_redraw = 0;	/* no extra redraw needed */
1666 	}
1667 #endif
1668     }
1669 
1670     /* display any error messages now */
1671     display_errors();
1672 
1673     apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLCMDPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1674 }
1675 
1676 /*
1677  * Create a shell command from a command string, input redirection file and
1678  * output redirection file.
1679  * Returns an allocated string with the shell command, or NULL for failure.
1680  */
1681     char_u *
1682 make_filter_cmd(
1683     char_u	*cmd,		/* command */
1684     char_u	*itmp,		/* NULL or name of input file */
1685     char_u	*otmp)		/* NULL or name of output file */
1686 {
1687     char_u	*buf;
1688     long_u	len;
1689 
1690 #if defined(UNIX)
1691     int		is_fish_shell;
1692     char_u	*shell_name = get_isolated_shell_name();
1693 
1694     /* Account for fish's different syntax for subshells */
1695     is_fish_shell = (fnamecmp(shell_name, "fish") == 0);
1696     vim_free(shell_name);
1697     if (is_fish_shell)
1698 	len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 13;		/* "begin; " + "; end" + NUL */
1699     else
1700 #endif
1701 	len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 3;			/* "()" + NUL */
1702     if (itmp != NULL)
1703 	len += (long_u)STRLEN(itmp) + 9;		/* " { < " + " } " */
1704     if (otmp != NULL)
1705 	len += (long_u)STRLEN(otmp) + (long_u)STRLEN(p_srr) + 2; /* "  " */
1706     buf = lalloc(len, TRUE);
1707     if (buf == NULL)
1708 	return NULL;
1709 
1710 #if defined(UNIX)
1711     /*
1712      * Put braces around the command (for concatenated commands) when
1713      * redirecting input and/or output.
1714      */
1715     if (itmp != NULL || otmp != NULL)
1716     {
1717 	if (is_fish_shell)
1718 	    vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "begin; %s; end", (char *)cmd);
1719 	else
1720 	    vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "(%s)", (char *)cmd);
1721     }
1722     else
1723 	STRCPY(buf, cmd);
1724     if (itmp != NULL)
1725     {
1726 	STRCAT(buf, " < ");
1727 	STRCAT(buf, itmp);
1728     }
1729 #else
1730     /*
1731      * For shells that don't understand braces around commands, at least allow
1732      * the use of commands in a pipe.
1733      */
1734     STRCPY(buf, cmd);
1735     if (itmp != NULL)
1736     {
1737 	char_u	*p;
1738 
1739 	/*
1740 	 * If there is a pipe, we have to put the '<' in front of it.
1741 	 * Don't do this when 'shellquote' is not empty, otherwise the
1742 	 * redirection would be inside the quotes.
1743 	 */
1744 	if (*p_shq == NUL)
1745 	{
1746 	    p = vim_strchr(buf, '|');
1747 	    if (p != NULL)
1748 		*p = NUL;
1749 	}
1750 	STRCAT(buf, " <");	/* " < " causes problems on Amiga */
1751 	STRCAT(buf, itmp);
1752 	if (*p_shq == NUL)
1753 	{
1754 	    p = vim_strchr(cmd, '|');
1755 	    if (p != NULL)
1756 	    {
1757 		STRCAT(buf, " ");   /* insert a space before the '|' for DOS */
1758 		STRCAT(buf, p);
1759 	    }
1760 	}
1761     }
1762 #endif
1763     if (otmp != NULL)
1764 	append_redir(buf, (int)len, p_srr, otmp);
1765 
1766     return buf;
1767 }
1768 
1769 /*
1770  * Append output redirection for file "fname" to the end of string buffer
1771  * "buf[buflen]"
1772  * Works with the 'shellredir' and 'shellpipe' options.
1773  * The caller should make sure that there is enough room:
1774  *	STRLEN(opt) + STRLEN(fname) + 3
1775  */
1776     void
1777 append_redir(
1778     char_u	*buf,
1779     int		buflen,
1780     char_u	*opt,
1781     char_u	*fname)
1782 {
1783     char_u	*p;
1784     char_u	*end;
1785 
1786     end = buf + STRLEN(buf);
1787     /* find "%s" */
1788     for (p = opt; (p = vim_strchr(p, '%')) != NULL; ++p)
1789     {
1790 	if (p[1] == 's') /* found %s */
1791 	    break;
1792 	if (p[1] == '%') /* skip %% */
1793 	    ++p;
1794     }
1795     if (p != NULL)
1796     {
1797 	*end = ' '; /* not really needed? Not with sh, ksh or bash */
1798 	vim_snprintf((char *)end + 1, (size_t)(buflen - (end + 1 - buf)),
1799 						  (char *)opt, (char *)fname);
1800     }
1801     else
1802 	vim_snprintf((char *)end, (size_t)(buflen - (end - buf)),
1803 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
1804 		" %s %s",
1805 #else
1806 		" %s%s",	/* " > %s" causes problems on Amiga */
1807 #endif
1808 		(char *)opt, (char *)fname);
1809 }
1810 
1811 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO)
1812 
1813 static int no_viminfo(void);
1814 static int read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing);
1815 static void write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out);
1816 static void write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out);
1817 static int  viminfo_errcnt;
1818 
1819     static int
1820 no_viminfo(void)
1821 {
1822     /* "vim -i NONE" does not read or write a viminfo file */
1823     return STRCMP(p_viminfofile, "NONE") == 0;
1824 }
1825 
1826 /*
1827  * Report an error for reading a viminfo file.
1828  * Count the number of errors.	When there are more than 10, return TRUE.
1829  */
1830     int
1831 viminfo_error(char *errnum, char *message, char_u *line)
1832 {
1833     vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("%sviminfo: %s in line: "),
1834 							     errnum, message);
1835     STRNCAT(IObuff, line, IOSIZE - STRLEN(IObuff) - 1);
1836     if (IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] == '\n')
1837 	IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] = NUL;
1838     emsg(IObuff);
1839     if (++viminfo_errcnt >= 10)
1840     {
1841 	EMSG(_("E136: viminfo: Too many errors, skipping rest of file"));
1842 	return TRUE;
1843     }
1844     return FALSE;
1845 }
1846 
1847 /*
1848  * read_viminfo() -- Read the viminfo file.  Registers etc. which are already
1849  * set are not over-written unless "flags" includes VIF_FORCEIT. -- webb
1850  */
1851     int
1852 read_viminfo(
1853     char_u	*file,	    /* file name or NULL to use default name */
1854     int		flags)	    /* VIF_WANT_INFO et al. */
1855 {
1856     FILE	*fp;
1857     char_u	*fname;
1858 
1859     if (no_viminfo())
1860 	return FAIL;
1861 
1862     fname = viminfo_filename(file);	/* get file name in allocated buffer */
1863     if (fname == NULL)
1864 	return FAIL;
1865     fp = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN);
1866 
1867     if (p_verbose > 0)
1868     {
1869 	verbose_enter();
1870 	smsg((char_u *)_("Reading viminfo file \"%s\"%s%s%s"),
1871 		fname,
1872 		(flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) ? _(" info") : "",
1873 		(flags & VIF_WANT_MARKS) ? _(" marks") : "",
1874 		(flags & VIF_GET_OLDFILES) ? _(" oldfiles") : "",
1875 		fp == NULL ? _(" FAILED") : "");
1876 	verbose_leave();
1877     }
1878 
1879     vim_free(fname);
1880     if (fp == NULL)
1881 	return FAIL;
1882 
1883     viminfo_errcnt = 0;
1884     do_viminfo(fp, NULL, flags);
1885 
1886     fclose(fp);
1887     return OK;
1888 }
1889 
1890 /*
1891  * Write the viminfo file.  The old one is read in first so that effectively a
1892  * merge of current info and old info is done.  This allows multiple vims to
1893  * run simultaneously, without losing any marks etc.
1894  * If "forceit" is TRUE, then the old file is not read in, and only internal
1895  * info is written to the file.
1896  */
1897     void
1898 write_viminfo(char_u *file, int forceit)
1899 {
1900     char_u	*fname;
1901     FILE	*fp_in = NULL;	/* input viminfo file, if any */
1902     FILE	*fp_out = NULL;	/* output viminfo file */
1903     char_u	*tempname = NULL;	/* name of temp viminfo file */
1904     stat_T	st_new;		/* mch_stat() of potential new file */
1905 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
1906     mode_t	umask_save;
1907 #endif
1908 #ifdef UNIX
1909     int		shortname = FALSE;	/* use 8.3 file name */
1910     stat_T	st_old;		/* mch_stat() of existing viminfo file */
1911 #endif
1912 #ifdef WIN3264
1913     int		hidden = FALSE;
1914 #endif
1915 
1916     if (no_viminfo())
1917 	return;
1918 
1919     fname = viminfo_filename(file);	/* may set to default if NULL */
1920     if (fname == NULL)
1921 	return;
1922 
1923     fp_in = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN);
1924     if (fp_in == NULL)
1925     {
1926 	int fd;
1927 
1928 	/* if it does exist, but we can't read it, don't try writing */
1929 	if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_new) == 0)
1930 	    goto end;
1931 
1932 	/* Create the new .viminfo non-accessible for others, because it may
1933 	 * contain text from non-accessible documents. It is up to the user to
1934 	 * widen access (e.g. to a group). This may also fail if there is a
1935 	 * race condition, then just give up. */
1936 	fd = mch_open((char *)fname,
1937 			    O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600);
1938 	if (fd < 0)
1939 	    goto end;
1940 	fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN);
1941     }
1942     else
1943     {
1944 	/*
1945 	 * There is an existing viminfo file.  Create a temporary file to
1946 	 * write the new viminfo into, in the same directory as the
1947 	 * existing viminfo file, which will be renamed once all writing is
1948 	 * successful.
1949 	 */
1950 #ifdef UNIX
1951 	/*
1952 	 * For Unix we check the owner of the file.  It's not very nice to
1953 	 * overwrite a user's viminfo file after a "su root", with a
1954 	 * viminfo file that the user can't read.
1955 	 */
1956 	st_old.st_dev = (dev_t)0;
1957 	st_old.st_ino = 0;
1958 	st_old.st_mode = 0600;
1959 	if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_old) == 0
1960 		&& getuid() != ROOT_UID
1961 		&& !(st_old.st_uid == getuid()
1962 			? (st_old.st_mode & 0200)
1963 			: (st_old.st_gid == getgid()
1964 				? (st_old.st_mode & 0020)
1965 				: (st_old.st_mode & 0002))))
1966 	{
1967 	    int	tt = msg_didany;
1968 
1969 	    /* avoid a wait_return for this message, it's annoying */
1970 	    EMSG2(_("E137: Viminfo file is not writable: %s"), fname);
1971 	    msg_didany = tt;
1972 	    fclose(fp_in);
1973 	    goto end;
1974 	}
1975 #endif
1976 #ifdef WIN3264
1977 	/* Get the file attributes of the existing viminfo file. */
1978 	hidden = mch_ishidden(fname);
1979 #endif
1980 
1981 	/*
1982 	 * Make tempname, find one that does not exist yet.
1983 	 * Beware of a race condition: If someone logs out and all Vim
1984 	 * instances exit at the same time a temp file might be created between
1985 	 * stat() and open().  Use mch_open() with O_EXCL to avoid that.
1986 	 * May try twice: Once normal and once with shortname set, just in
1987 	 * case somebody puts his viminfo file in an 8.3 filesystem.
1988 	 */
1989 	for (;;)
1990 	{
1991 	    int		next_char = 'z';
1992 	    char_u	*wp;
1993 
1994 	    tempname = buf_modname(
1995 #ifdef UNIX
1996 				    shortname,
1997 #else
1998 				    FALSE,
1999 #endif
2000 				    fname,
2001 #ifdef VMS
2002 				    (char_u *)"-tmp",
2003 #else
2004 				    (char_u *)".tmp",
2005 #endif
2006 				    FALSE);
2007 	    if (tempname == NULL)		/* out of memory */
2008 		break;
2009 
2010 	    /*
2011 	     * Try a series of names.  Change one character, just before
2012 	     * the extension.  This should also work for an 8.3
2013 	     * file name, when after adding the extension it still is
2014 	     * the same file as the original.
2015 	     */
2016 	    wp = tempname + STRLEN(tempname) - 5;
2017 	    if (wp < gettail(tempname))	    /* empty file name? */
2018 		wp = gettail(tempname);
2019 	    for (;;)
2020 	    {
2021 		/*
2022 		 * Check if tempfile already exists.  Never overwrite an
2023 		 * existing file!
2024 		 */
2025 		if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0)
2026 		{
2027 #ifdef UNIX
2028 		    /*
2029 		     * Check if tempfile is same as original file.  May happen
2030 		     * when modname() gave the same file back.  E.g.  silly
2031 		     * link, or file name-length reached.  Try again with
2032 		     * shortname set.
2033 		     */
2034 		    if (!shortname && st_new.st_dev == st_old.st_dev
2035 						&& st_new.st_ino == st_old.st_ino)
2036 		    {
2037 			VIM_CLEAR(tempname);
2038 			shortname = TRUE;
2039 			break;
2040 		    }
2041 #endif
2042 		}
2043 		else
2044 		{
2045 		    /* Try creating the file exclusively.  This may fail if
2046 		     * another Vim tries to do it at the same time. */
2047 #ifdef VMS
2048 		    /* fdopen() fails for some reason */
2049 		    umask_save = umask(077);
2050 		    fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN);
2051 		    (void)umask(umask_save);
2052 #else
2053 		    int	fd;
2054 
2055 		    /* Use mch_open() to be able to use O_NOFOLLOW and set file
2056 		     * protection:
2057 		     * Unix: same as original file, but strip s-bit.  Reset
2058 		     * umask to avoid it getting in the way.
2059 		     * Others: r&w for user only. */
2060 # ifdef UNIX
2061 		    umask_save = umask(0);
2062 		    fd = mch_open((char *)tempname,
2063 			    O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW,
2064 					(int)((st_old.st_mode & 0777) | 0600));
2065 		    (void)umask(umask_save);
2066 # else
2067 		    fd = mch_open((char *)tempname,
2068 			     O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600);
2069 # endif
2070 		    if (fd < 0)
2071 		    {
2072 			fp_out = NULL;
2073 # ifdef EEXIST
2074 			/* Avoid trying lots of names while the problem is lack
2075 			 * of premission, only retry if the file already
2076 			 * exists. */
2077 			if (errno != EEXIST)
2078 			    break;
2079 # endif
2080 		    }
2081 		    else
2082 			fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN);
2083 #endif /* VMS */
2084 		    if (fp_out != NULL)
2085 			break;
2086 		}
2087 
2088 		/* Assume file exists, try again with another name. */
2089 		if (next_char == 'a' - 1)
2090 		{
2091 		    /* They all exist?  Must be something wrong! Don't write
2092 		     * the viminfo file then. */
2093 		    EMSG2(_("E929: Too many viminfo temp files, like %s!"),
2094 								     tempname);
2095 		    break;
2096 		}
2097 		*wp = next_char;
2098 		--next_char;
2099 	    }
2100 
2101 	    if (tempname != NULL)
2102 		break;
2103 	    /* continue if shortname was set */
2104 	}
2105 
2106 #if defined(UNIX) && defined(HAVE_FCHOWN)
2107 	if (tempname != NULL && fp_out != NULL)
2108 	{
2109 		stat_T	tmp_st;
2110 
2111 	    /*
2112 	     * Make sure the original owner can read/write the tempfile and
2113 	     * otherwise preserve permissions, making sure the group matches.
2114 	     */
2115 	    if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &tmp_st) >= 0)
2116 	    {
2117 		if (st_old.st_uid != tmp_st.st_uid)
2118 		    /* Changing the owner might fail, in which case the
2119 		     * file will now owned by the current user, oh well. */
2120 		    ignored = fchown(fileno(fp_out), st_old.st_uid, -1);
2121 		if (st_old.st_gid != tmp_st.st_gid
2122 			&& fchown(fileno(fp_out), -1, st_old.st_gid) == -1)
2123 		    /* can't set the group to what it should be, remove
2124 		     * group permissions */
2125 		    (void)mch_setperm(tempname, 0600);
2126 	    }
2127 	    else
2128 		/* can't stat the file, set conservative permissions */
2129 		(void)mch_setperm(tempname, 0600);
2130 	}
2131 #endif
2132     }
2133 
2134     /*
2135      * Check if the new viminfo file can be written to.
2136      */
2137     if (fp_out == NULL)
2138     {
2139 	EMSG2(_("E138: Can't write viminfo file %s!"),
2140 		       (fp_in == NULL || tempname == NULL) ? fname : tempname);
2141 	if (fp_in != NULL)
2142 	    fclose(fp_in);
2143 	goto end;
2144     }
2145 
2146     if (p_verbose > 0)
2147     {
2148 	verbose_enter();
2149 	smsg((char_u *)_("Writing viminfo file \"%s\""), fname);
2150 	verbose_leave();
2151     }
2152 
2153     viminfo_errcnt = 0;
2154     do_viminfo(fp_in, fp_out, forceit ? 0 : (VIF_WANT_INFO | VIF_WANT_MARKS));
2155 
2156     if (fclose(fp_out) == EOF)
2157 	++viminfo_errcnt;
2158 
2159     if (fp_in != NULL)
2160     {
2161 	fclose(fp_in);
2162 
2163 	/* In case of an error keep the original viminfo file.  Otherwise
2164 	 * rename the newly written file.  Give an error if that fails. */
2165 	if (viminfo_errcnt == 0)
2166 	{
2167 	    if (vim_rename(tempname, fname) == -1)
2168 	    {
2169 		++viminfo_errcnt;
2170 		EMSG2(_("E886: Can't rename viminfo file to %s!"), fname);
2171 	    }
2172 # ifdef WIN3264
2173 	    /* If the viminfo file was hidden then also hide the new file. */
2174 	    else if (hidden)
2175 		mch_hide(fname);
2176 # endif
2177 	}
2178 	if (viminfo_errcnt > 0)
2179 	    mch_remove(tempname);
2180     }
2181 
2182 end:
2183     vim_free(fname);
2184     vim_free(tempname);
2185 }
2186 
2187 /*
2188  * Get the viminfo file name to use.
2189  * If "file" is given and not empty, use it (has already been expanded by
2190  * cmdline functions).
2191  * Otherwise use "-i file_name", value from 'viminfo' or the default, and
2192  * expand environment variables.
2193  * Returns an allocated string.  NULL when out of memory.
2194  */
2195     static char_u *
2196 viminfo_filename(char_u *file)
2197 {
2198     if (file == NULL || *file == NUL)
2199     {
2200 	if (*p_viminfofile != NUL)
2201 	    file = p_viminfofile;
2202 	else if ((file = find_viminfo_parameter('n')) == NULL || *file == NUL)
2203 	{
2204 #ifdef VIMINFO_FILE2
2205 # ifdef VMS
2206 	    if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN") == NULL)
2207 # else
2208 #  ifdef MSWIN
2209 	    /* Use $VIM only if $HOME is the default "C:/". */
2210 	    if (STRCMP(vim_getenv((char_u *)"HOME", NULL), "C:/") == 0
2211 		    && mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL)
2212 #  else
2213 	    if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL)
2214 #  endif
2215 # endif
2216 	    {
2217 		/* don't use $VIM when not available. */
2218 		expand_env((char_u *)"$VIM", NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
2219 		if (STRCMP("$VIM", NameBuff) != 0)  /* $VIM was expanded */
2220 		    file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE2;
2221 		else
2222 		    file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE;
2223 	    }
2224 	    else
2225 #endif
2226 		file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE;
2227 	}
2228 	expand_env(file, NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
2229 	file = NameBuff;
2230     }
2231     return vim_strsave(file);
2232 }
2233 
2234 /*
2235  * do_viminfo() -- Should only be called from read_viminfo() & write_viminfo().
2236  */
2237     static void
2238 do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags)
2239 {
2240     int		eof = FALSE;
2241     vir_T	vir;
2242     int		merge = FALSE;
2243     int		do_copy_marks = FALSE;
2244     garray_T	buflist;
2245 
2246     if ((vir.vir_line = alloc(LSIZE)) == NULL)
2247 	return;
2248     vir.vir_fd = fp_in;
2249 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2250     vir.vir_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
2251 #endif
2252     ga_init2(&vir.vir_barlines, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100);
2253     vir.vir_version = -1;
2254 
2255     if (fp_in != NULL)
2256     {
2257 	if (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO)
2258 	{
2259 	    if (fp_out != NULL)
2260 	    {
2261 		/* Registers and marks are read and kept separate from what
2262 		 * this Vim is using.  They are merged when writing. */
2263 		prepare_viminfo_registers();
2264 		prepare_viminfo_marks();
2265 	    }
2266 
2267 	    eof = read_viminfo_up_to_marks(&vir,
2268 					 flags & VIF_FORCEIT, fp_out != NULL);
2269 	    merge = TRUE;
2270 	}
2271 	else if (flags != 0)
2272 	    /* Skip info, find start of marks */
2273 	    while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(&vir))
2274 		    && vir.vir_line[0] != '>')
2275 		;
2276 
2277 	do_copy_marks = (flags &
2278 			   (VIF_WANT_MARKS | VIF_GET_OLDFILES | VIF_FORCEIT));
2279     }
2280 
2281     if (fp_out != NULL)
2282     {
2283 	/* Write the info: */
2284 	fprintf(fp_out, _("# This viminfo file was generated by Vim %s.\n"),
2285 							  VIM_VERSION_MEDIUM);
2286 	fputs(_("# You may edit it if you're careful!\n\n"), fp_out);
2287 	write_viminfo_version(fp_out);
2288 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2289 	fputs(_("# Value of 'encoding' when this file was written\n"), fp_out);
2290 	fprintf(fp_out, "*encoding=%s\n\n", p_enc);
2291 #endif
2292 	write_viminfo_search_pattern(fp_out);
2293 	write_viminfo_sub_string(fp_out);
2294 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2295 	write_viminfo_history(fp_out, merge);
2296 #endif
2297 	write_viminfo_registers(fp_out);
2298 	finish_viminfo_registers();
2299 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2300 	write_viminfo_varlist(fp_out);
2301 #endif
2302 	write_viminfo_filemarks(fp_out);
2303 	finish_viminfo_marks();
2304 	write_viminfo_bufferlist(fp_out);
2305 	write_viminfo_barlines(&vir, fp_out);
2306 
2307 	if (do_copy_marks)
2308 	    ga_init2(&buflist, sizeof(buf_T *), 50);
2309 	write_viminfo_marks(fp_out, do_copy_marks ? &buflist : NULL);
2310     }
2311 
2312     if (do_copy_marks)
2313     {
2314 	copy_viminfo_marks(&vir, fp_out, &buflist, eof, flags);
2315 	if (fp_out != NULL)
2316 	    ga_clear(&buflist);
2317     }
2318 
2319     vim_free(vir.vir_line);
2320 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2321     if (vir.vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
2322 	convert_setup(&vir.vir_conv, NULL, NULL);
2323 #endif
2324     ga_clear_strings(&vir.vir_barlines);
2325 }
2326 
2327 /*
2328  * read_viminfo_up_to_marks() -- Only called from do_viminfo().  Reads in the
2329  * first part of the viminfo file which contains everything but the marks that
2330  * are local to a file.  Returns TRUE when end-of-file is reached. -- webb
2331  */
2332     static int
2333 read_viminfo_up_to_marks(
2334     vir_T	*virp,
2335     int		forceit,
2336     int		writing)
2337 {
2338     int		eof;
2339     buf_T	*buf;
2340     int		got_encoding = FALSE;
2341 
2342 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2343     prepare_viminfo_history(forceit ? 9999 : 0, writing);
2344 #endif
2345 
2346     eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2347     while (!eof && virp->vir_line[0] != '>')
2348     {
2349 	switch (virp->vir_line[0])
2350 	{
2351 		/* Characters reserved for future expansion, ignored now */
2352 	    case '+': /* "+40 /path/dir file", for running vim without args */
2353 	    case '^': /* to be defined */
2354 	    case '<': /* long line - ignored */
2355 		/* A comment or empty line. */
2356 	    case NUL:
2357 	    case '\r':
2358 	    case '\n':
2359 	    case '#':
2360 		eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2361 		break;
2362 	    case '|':
2363 		eof = read_viminfo_barline(virp, got_encoding,
2364 							    forceit, writing);
2365 		break;
2366 	    case '*': /* "*encoding=value" */
2367 		got_encoding = TRUE;
2368 		eof = viminfo_encoding(virp);
2369 		break;
2370 	    case '!': /* global variable */
2371 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2372 		eof = read_viminfo_varlist(virp, writing);
2373 #else
2374 		eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2375 #endif
2376 		break;
2377 	    case '%': /* entry for buffer list */
2378 		eof = read_viminfo_bufferlist(virp, writing);
2379 		break;
2380 	    case '"':
2381 		/* When registers are in bar lines skip the old style register
2382 		 * lines. */
2383 		if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_REGISTERS)
2384 		    eof = read_viminfo_register(virp, forceit);
2385 		else
2386 		    do {
2387 			eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2388 		    } while (!eof && (virp->vir_line[0] == TAB
2389 						|| virp->vir_line[0] == '<'));
2390 		break;
2391 	    case '/':	    /* Search string */
2392 	    case '&':	    /* Substitute search string */
2393 	    case '~':	    /* Last search string, followed by '/' or '&' */
2394 		eof = read_viminfo_search_pattern(virp, forceit);
2395 		break;
2396 	    case '$':
2397 		eof = read_viminfo_sub_string(virp, forceit);
2398 		break;
2399 	    case ':':
2400 	    case '?':
2401 	    case '=':
2402 	    case '@':
2403 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2404 		/* When history is in bar lines skip the old style history
2405 		 * lines. */
2406 		if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_HISTORY)
2407 		    eof = read_viminfo_history(virp, writing);
2408 		else
2409 #endif
2410 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2411 		break;
2412 	    case '-':
2413 	    case '\'':
2414 		/* When file marks are in bar lines skip the old style lines. */
2415 		if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_MARKS)
2416 		    eof = read_viminfo_filemark(virp, forceit);
2417 		else
2418 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2419 		break;
2420 	    default:
2421 		if (viminfo_error("E575: ", _("Illegal starting char"),
2422 			    virp->vir_line))
2423 		    eof = TRUE;
2424 		else
2425 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2426 		break;
2427 	}
2428     }
2429 
2430 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2431     /* Finish reading history items. */
2432     if (!writing)
2433 	finish_viminfo_history(virp);
2434 #endif
2435 
2436     /* Change file names to buffer numbers for fmarks. */
2437     FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
2438 	fmarks_check_names(buf);
2439 
2440     return eof;
2441 }
2442 
2443 /*
2444  * Compare the 'encoding' value in the viminfo file with the current value of
2445  * 'encoding'.  If different and the 'c' flag is in 'viminfo', setup for
2446  * conversion of text with iconv() in viminfo_readstring().
2447  */
2448     static int
2449 viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp)
2450 {
2451 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2452     char_u	*p;
2453     int		i;
2454 
2455     if (get_viminfo_parameter('c') != 0)
2456     {
2457 	p = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line, '=');
2458 	if (p != NULL)
2459 	{
2460 	    /* remove trailing newline */
2461 	    ++p;
2462 	    for (i = 0; vim_isprintc(p[i]); ++i)
2463 		;
2464 	    p[i] = NUL;
2465 
2466 	    convert_setup(&virp->vir_conv, p, p_enc);
2467 	}
2468     }
2469 #endif
2470     return viminfo_readline(virp);
2471 }
2472 
2473 /*
2474  * Read a line from the viminfo file.
2475  * Returns TRUE for end-of-file;
2476  */
2477     int
2478 viminfo_readline(vir_T *virp)
2479 {
2480     return vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, LSIZE, virp->vir_fd);
2481 }
2482 
2483 /*
2484  * Check string read from viminfo file.
2485  * Remove '\n' at the end of the line.
2486  * - replace CTRL-V CTRL-V with CTRL-V
2487  * - replace CTRL-V 'n'    with '\n'
2488  *
2489  * Check for a long line as written by viminfo_writestring().
2490  *
2491  * Return the string in allocated memory (NULL when out of memory).
2492  */
2493     char_u *
2494 viminfo_readstring(
2495     vir_T	*virp,
2496     int		off,		    /* offset for virp->vir_line */
2497     int		convert UNUSED)	    /* convert the string */
2498 {
2499     char_u	*retval;
2500     char_u	*s, *d;
2501     long	len;
2502 
2503     if (virp->vir_line[off] == Ctrl_V && vim_isdigit(virp->vir_line[off + 1]))
2504     {
2505 	len = atol((char *)virp->vir_line + off + 1);
2506 	retval = lalloc(len, TRUE);
2507 	if (retval == NULL)
2508 	{
2509 	    /* Line too long?  File messed up?  Skip next line. */
2510 	    (void)vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, 10, virp->vir_fd);
2511 	    return NULL;
2512 	}
2513 	(void)vim_fgets(retval, (int)len, virp->vir_fd);
2514 	s = retval + 1;	    /* Skip the leading '<' */
2515     }
2516     else
2517     {
2518 	retval = vim_strsave(virp->vir_line + off);
2519 	if (retval == NULL)
2520 	    return NULL;
2521 	s = retval;
2522     }
2523 
2524     /* Change CTRL-V CTRL-V to CTRL-V and CTRL-V n to \n in-place. */
2525     d = retval;
2526     while (*s != NUL && *s != '\n')
2527     {
2528 	if (s[0] == Ctrl_V && s[1] != NUL)
2529 	{
2530 	    if (s[1] == 'n')
2531 		*d++ = '\n';
2532 	    else
2533 		*d++ = Ctrl_V;
2534 	    s += 2;
2535 	}
2536 	else
2537 	    *d++ = *s++;
2538     }
2539     *d = NUL;
2540 
2541 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2542     if (convert && virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *retval != NUL)
2543     {
2544 	d = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, retval, NULL);
2545 	if (d != NULL)
2546 	{
2547 	    vim_free(retval);
2548 	    retval = d;
2549 	}
2550     }
2551 #endif
2552 
2553     return retval;
2554 }
2555 
2556 /*
2557  * write string to viminfo file
2558  * - replace CTRL-V with CTRL-V CTRL-V
2559  * - replace '\n'   with CTRL-V 'n'
2560  * - add a '\n' at the end
2561  *
2562  * For a long line:
2563  * - write " CTRL-V <length> \n " in first line
2564  * - write " < <string> \n "	  in second line
2565  */
2566     void
2567 viminfo_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *p)
2568 {
2569     int		c;
2570     char_u	*s;
2571     int		len = 0;
2572 
2573     for (s = p; *s != NUL; ++s)
2574     {
2575 	if (*s == Ctrl_V || *s == '\n')
2576 	    ++len;
2577 	++len;
2578     }
2579 
2580     /* If the string will be too long, write its length and put it in the next
2581      * line.  Take into account that some room is needed for what comes before
2582      * the string (e.g., variable name).  Add something to the length for the
2583      * '<', NL and trailing NUL. */
2584     if (len > LSIZE / 2)
2585 	fprintf(fd, IF_EB("\026%d\n<", CTRL_V_STR "%d\n<"), len + 3);
2586 
2587     while ((c = *p++) != NUL)
2588     {
2589 	if (c == Ctrl_V || c == '\n')
2590 	{
2591 	    putc(Ctrl_V, fd);
2592 	    if (c == '\n')
2593 		c = 'n';
2594 	}
2595 	putc(c, fd);
2596     }
2597     putc('\n', fd);
2598 }
2599 
2600 /*
2601  * Write a string in quotes that barline_parse() can read back.
2602  * Breaks the line in less than LSIZE pieces when needed.
2603  * Returns remaining characters in the line.
2604  */
2605     int
2606 barline_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *s, int remaining_start)
2607 {
2608     char_u *p;
2609     int	    remaining = remaining_start;
2610     int	    len = 2;
2611 
2612     /* Count the number of characters produced, including quotes. */
2613     for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p)
2614     {
2615 	if (*p == NL)
2616 	    len += 2;
2617 	else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\')
2618 	    len += 2;
2619 	else
2620 	    ++len;
2621     }
2622     if (len > remaining - 2)
2623     {
2624 	fprintf(fd, ">%d\n|<", len);
2625 	remaining = LSIZE - 20;
2626     }
2627 
2628     putc('"', fd);
2629     for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p)
2630     {
2631 	if (*p == NL)
2632 	{
2633 	    putc('\\', fd);
2634 	    putc('n', fd);
2635 	    --remaining;
2636 	}
2637 	else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\')
2638 	{
2639 	    putc('\\', fd);
2640 	    putc(*p, fd);
2641 	    --remaining;
2642 	}
2643 	else
2644 	    putc(*p, fd);
2645 	--remaining;
2646 
2647 	if (remaining < 3)
2648 	{
2649 	    putc('\n', fd);
2650 	    putc('|', fd);
2651 	    putc('<', fd);
2652 	    /* Leave enough space for another continuation. */
2653 	    remaining = LSIZE - 20;
2654 	}
2655     }
2656     putc('"', fd);
2657     return remaining - 2;
2658 }
2659 
2660 /*
2661  * Parse a viminfo line starting with '|'.
2662  * Add each decoded value to "values".
2663  * Returns TRUE if the next line is to be read after using the parsed values.
2664  */
2665     static int
2666 barline_parse(vir_T *virp, char_u *text, garray_T *values)
2667 {
2668     char_u  *p = text;
2669     char_u  *nextp = NULL;
2670     char_u  *buf = NULL;
2671     bval_T  *value;
2672     int	    i;
2673     int	    allocated = FALSE;
2674     int	    eof;
2675 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2676     char_u  *sconv;
2677     int	    converted;
2678 #endif
2679 
2680     while (*p == ',')
2681     {
2682 	++p;
2683 	if (ga_grow(values, 1) == FAIL)
2684 	    break;
2685 	value = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + values->ga_len;
2686 
2687 	if (*p == '>')
2688 	{
2689 	    /* Need to read a continuation line.  Put strings in allocated
2690 	     * memory, because virp->vir_line is overwritten. */
2691 	    if (!allocated)
2692 	    {
2693 		for (i = 0; i < values->ga_len; ++i)
2694 		{
2695 		    bval_T  *vp = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + i;
2696 
2697 		    if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && !vp->bv_allocated)
2698 		    {
2699 			vp->bv_string = vim_strnsave(vp->bv_string, vp->bv_len);
2700 			vp->bv_allocated = TRUE;
2701 		    }
2702 		}
2703 		allocated = TRUE;
2704 	    }
2705 
2706 	    if (vim_isdigit(p[1]))
2707 	    {
2708 		size_t len;
2709 		size_t todo;
2710 		size_t n;
2711 
2712 		/* String value was split into lines that are each shorter
2713 		 * than LSIZE:
2714 		 *     |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"}
2715 		 *     |<"{text1}
2716 		 *     |<{text2}",{value}
2717 		 * Length includes the quotes.
2718 		 */
2719 		++p;
2720 		len = getdigits(&p);
2721 		buf = alloc((int)(len + 1));
2722 		if (buf == NULL)
2723 		    return TRUE;
2724 		p = buf;
2725 		for (todo = len; todo > 0; todo -= n)
2726 		{
2727 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2728 		    if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|'
2729 						  || virp->vir_line[1] != '<')
2730 		    {
2731 			/* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if
2732 			 * this one starts with '|'. */
2733 			vim_free(buf);
2734 			return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|';
2735 		    }
2736 		    /* Get length of text, excluding |< and NL chars. */
2737 		    n = STRLEN(virp->vir_line);
2738 		    while (n > 0 && (virp->vir_line[n - 1] == NL
2739 					     || virp->vir_line[n - 1] == CAR))
2740 			--n;
2741 		    n -= 2;
2742 		    if (n > todo)
2743 		    {
2744 			/* more values follow after the string */
2745 			nextp = virp->vir_line + 2 + todo;
2746 			n = todo;
2747 		    }
2748 		    mch_memmove(p, virp->vir_line + 2, n);
2749 		    p += n;
2750 		}
2751 		*p = NUL;
2752 		p = buf;
2753 	    }
2754 	    else
2755 	    {
2756 		/* Line ending in ">" continues in the next line:
2757 		 *     |{bartype},{lots of values},>
2758 		 *     |<{value},{value}
2759 		 */
2760 		eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2761 		if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|'
2762 					      || virp->vir_line[1] != '<')
2763 		    /* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if
2764 		     * this one starts with '|'. */
2765 		    return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|';
2766 		p = virp->vir_line + 2;
2767 	    }
2768 	}
2769 
2770 	if (isdigit(*p))
2771 	{
2772 	    value->bv_type = BVAL_NR;
2773 	    value->bv_nr = getdigits(&p);
2774 	    ++values->ga_len;
2775 	}
2776 	else if (*p == '"')
2777 	{
2778 	    int	    len = 0;
2779 	    char_u  *s = p;
2780 
2781 	    /* Unescape special characters in-place. */
2782 	    ++p;
2783 	    while (*p != '"')
2784 	    {
2785 		if (*p == NL || *p == NUL)
2786 		    return TRUE;  /* syntax error, drop the value */
2787 		if (*p == '\\')
2788 		{
2789 		    ++p;
2790 		    if (*p == 'n')
2791 			s[len++] = '\n';
2792 		    else
2793 			s[len++] = *p;
2794 		    ++p;
2795 		}
2796 		else
2797 		    s[len++] = *p++;
2798 	    }
2799 	    ++p;
2800 	    s[len] = NUL;
2801 
2802 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2803 	    converted = FALSE;
2804 	    if (virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *s != NUL)
2805 	    {
2806 		sconv = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, s, NULL);
2807 		if (sconv != NULL)
2808 		{
2809 		    if (s == buf)
2810 			vim_free(s);
2811 		    s = sconv;
2812 		    buf = s;
2813 		    converted = TRUE;
2814 		}
2815 	    }
2816 #endif
2817 	    /* Need to copy in allocated memory if the string wasn't allocated
2818 	     * above and we did allocate before, thus vir_line may change. */
2819 	    if (s != buf && allocated)
2820 		s = vim_strsave(s);
2821 	    value->bv_string = s;
2822 	    value->bv_type = BVAL_STRING;
2823 	    value->bv_len = len;
2824 	    value->bv_allocated = allocated
2825 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2826 					    || converted
2827 #endif
2828 						;
2829 	    ++values->ga_len;
2830 	    if (nextp != NULL)
2831 	    {
2832 		/* values following a long string */
2833 		p = nextp;
2834 		nextp = NULL;
2835 	    }
2836 	}
2837 	else if (*p == ',')
2838 	{
2839 	    value->bv_type = BVAL_EMPTY;
2840 	    ++values->ga_len;
2841 	}
2842 	else
2843 	    break;
2844     }
2845     return TRUE;
2846 }
2847 
2848     static int
2849 read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing)
2850 {
2851     char_u	*p = virp->vir_line + 1;
2852     int		bartype;
2853     garray_T	values;
2854     bval_T	*vp;
2855     int		i;
2856     int		read_next = TRUE;
2857 
2858     /* The format is: |{bartype},{value},...
2859      * For a very long string:
2860      *     |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"}
2861      *     |<{text1}
2862      *     |<{text2},{value}
2863      * For a long line not using a string
2864      *     |{bartype},{lots of values},>
2865      *     |<{value},{value}
2866      */
2867     if (*p == '<')
2868     {
2869 	/* Continuation line of an unrecognized item. */
2870 	if (writing)
2871 	    ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line);
2872     }
2873     else
2874     {
2875 	ga_init2(&values, sizeof(bval_T), 20);
2876 	bartype = getdigits(&p);
2877 	switch (bartype)
2878 	{
2879 	    case BARTYPE_VERSION:
2880 		/* Only use the version when it comes before the encoding.
2881 		 * If it comes later it was copied by a Vim version that
2882 		 * doesn't understand the version. */
2883 		if (!got_encoding)
2884 		{
2885 		    read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2886 		    vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data;
2887 		    if (values.ga_len > 0 && vp->bv_type == BVAL_NR)
2888 			virp->vir_version = vp->bv_nr;
2889 		}
2890 		break;
2891 
2892 	    case BARTYPE_HISTORY:
2893 		read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2894 		handle_viminfo_history(&values, writing);
2895 		break;
2896 
2897 	    case BARTYPE_REGISTER:
2898 		read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2899 		handle_viminfo_register(&values, force);
2900 		break;
2901 
2902 	    case BARTYPE_MARK:
2903 		read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2904 		handle_viminfo_mark(&values, force);
2905 		break;
2906 
2907 	    default:
2908 		/* copy unrecognized line (for future use) */
2909 		if (writing)
2910 		    ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line);
2911 	}
2912 	for (i = 0; i < values.ga_len; ++i)
2913 	{
2914 	    vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data + i;
2915 	    if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && vp->bv_allocated)
2916 		vim_free(vp->bv_string);
2917 	}
2918 	ga_clear(&values);
2919     }
2920 
2921     if (read_next)
2922 	return viminfo_readline(virp);
2923     return FALSE;
2924 }
2925 
2926     static void
2927 write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out)
2928 {
2929     fprintf(fp_out, "# Viminfo version\n|%d,%d\n\n",
2930 					    BARTYPE_VERSION, VIMINFO_VERSION);
2931 }
2932 
2933     static void
2934 write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out)
2935 {
2936     int		i;
2937     garray_T	*gap = &virp->vir_barlines;
2938     int		seen_useful = FALSE;
2939     char	*line;
2940 
2941     if (gap->ga_len > 0)
2942     {
2943 	fputs(_("\n# Bar lines, copied verbatim:\n"), fp_out);
2944 
2945 	/* Skip over continuation lines until seeing a useful line. */
2946 	for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
2947 	{
2948 	    line = ((char **)(gap->ga_data))[i];
2949 	    if (seen_useful || line[1] != '<')
2950 	    {
2951 		fputs(line, fp_out);
2952 		seen_useful = TRUE;
2953 	    }
2954 	}
2955     }
2956 }
2957 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */
2958 
2959 /*
2960  * Return the current time in seconds.  Calls time(), unless test_settime()
2961  * was used.
2962  */
2963     time_T
2964 vim_time(void)
2965 {
2966 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2967     return time_for_testing == 0 ? time(NULL) : time_for_testing;
2968 # else
2969     return time(NULL);
2970 # endif
2971 }
2972 
2973 /*
2974  * Implementation of ":fixdel", also used by get_stty().
2975  *  <BS>    resulting <Del>
2976  *   ^?		^H
2977  * not ^?	^?
2978  */
2979     void
2980 do_fixdel(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
2981 {
2982     char_u  *p;
2983 
2984     p = find_termcode((char_u *)"kb");
2985     add_termcode((char_u *)"kD", p != NULL
2986 	    && *p == DEL ? (char_u *)CTRL_H_STR : DEL_STR, FALSE);
2987 }
2988 
2989     void
2990 print_line_no_prefix(
2991     linenr_T	lnum,
2992     int		use_number,
2993     int		list)
2994 {
2995     char_u	numbuf[30];
2996 
2997     if (curwin->w_p_nu || use_number)
2998     {
2999 	vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, sizeof(numbuf),
3000 				   "%*ld ", number_width(curwin), (long)lnum);
3001 	msg_puts_attr(numbuf, HL_ATTR(HLF_N));	/* Highlight line nrs */
3002     }
3003     msg_prt_line(ml_get(lnum), list);
3004 }
3005 
3006 /*
3007  * Print a text line.  Also in silent mode ("ex -s").
3008  */
3009     void
3010 print_line(linenr_T lnum, int use_number, int list)
3011 {
3012     int		save_silent = silent_mode;
3013 
3014     /* apply :filter /pat/ */
3015     if (message_filtered(ml_get(lnum)))
3016 	return;
3017 
3018     msg_start();
3019     silent_mode = FALSE;
3020     info_message = TRUE;	/* use mch_msg(), not mch_errmsg() */
3021     print_line_no_prefix(lnum, use_number, list);
3022     if (save_silent)
3023     {
3024 	msg_putchar('\n');
3025 	cursor_on();		/* msg_start() switches it off */
3026 	out_flush();
3027 	silent_mode = save_silent;
3028     }
3029     info_message = FALSE;
3030 }
3031 
3032     int
3033 rename_buffer(char_u *new_fname)
3034 {
3035     char_u	*fname, *sfname, *xfname;
3036     buf_T	*buf;
3037 
3038     buf = curbuf;
3039     apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3040     /* buffer changed, don't change name now */
3041     if (buf != curbuf)
3042 	return FAIL;
3043 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3044     if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
3045 	return FAIL;
3046 #endif
3047     /*
3048      * The name of the current buffer will be changed.
3049      * A new (unlisted) buffer entry needs to be made to hold the old file
3050      * name, which will become the alternate file name.
3051      * But don't set the alternate file name if the buffer didn't have a
3052      * name.
3053      */
3054     fname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3055     sfname = curbuf->b_sfname;
3056     xfname = curbuf->b_fname;
3057     curbuf->b_ffname = NULL;
3058     curbuf->b_sfname = NULL;
3059     if (setfname(curbuf, new_fname, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL)
3060     {
3061 	curbuf->b_ffname = fname;
3062 	curbuf->b_sfname = sfname;
3063 	return FAIL;
3064     }
3065     curbuf->b_flags |= BF_NOTEDITED;
3066     if (xfname != NULL && *xfname != NUL)
3067     {
3068 	buf = buflist_new(fname, xfname, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
3069 	if (buf != NULL && !cmdmod.keepalt)
3070 	    curwin->w_alt_fnum = buf->b_fnum;
3071     }
3072     vim_free(fname);
3073     vim_free(sfname);
3074     apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3075 
3076     /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */
3077     DO_AUTOCHDIR;
3078     return OK;
3079 }
3080 
3081 /*
3082  * ":file[!] [fname]".
3083  */
3084     void
3085 ex_file(exarg_T *eap)
3086 {
3087     /* ":0file" removes the file name.  Check for illegal uses ":3file",
3088      * "0file name", etc. */
3089     if (eap->addr_count > 0
3090 	    && (*eap->arg != NUL
3091 		|| eap->line2 > 0
3092 		|| eap->addr_count > 1))
3093     {
3094 	EMSG(_(e_invarg));
3095 	return;
3096     }
3097 
3098     if (*eap->arg != NUL || eap->addr_count == 1)
3099     {
3100 	if (rename_buffer(eap->arg) == FAIL)
3101 	    return;
3102 	redraw_tabline = TRUE;
3103     }
3104 
3105     // print file name if no argument or 'F' is not in 'shortmess'
3106     if (*eap->arg == NUL || !shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO))
3107 	fileinfo(FALSE, FALSE, eap->forceit);
3108 }
3109 
3110 /*
3111  * ":update".
3112  */
3113     void
3114 ex_update(exarg_T *eap)
3115 {
3116     if (curbufIsChanged())
3117 	(void)do_write(eap);
3118 }
3119 
3120 /*
3121  * ":write" and ":saveas".
3122  */
3123     void
3124 ex_write(exarg_T *eap)
3125 {
3126     if (eap->usefilter)		/* input lines to shell command */
3127 	do_bang(1, eap, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE);
3128     else
3129 	(void)do_write(eap);
3130 }
3131 
3132 /*
3133  * write current buffer to file 'eap->arg'
3134  * if 'eap->append' is TRUE, append to the file
3135  *
3136  * if *eap->arg == NUL write to current file
3137  *
3138  * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
3139  */
3140     int
3141 do_write(exarg_T *eap)
3142 {
3143     int		other;
3144     char_u	*fname = NULL;		/* init to shut up gcc */
3145     char_u	*ffname;
3146     int		retval = FAIL;
3147     char_u	*free_fname = NULL;
3148 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3149     char_u	*browse_file = NULL;
3150 #endif
3151     buf_T	*alt_buf = NULL;
3152     int		name_was_missing;
3153 
3154     if (not_writing())		/* check 'write' option */
3155 	return FAIL;
3156 
3157     ffname = eap->arg;
3158 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3159     if (cmdmod.browse)
3160     {
3161 	browse_file = do_browse(BROWSE_SAVE, (char_u *)_("Save As"), ffname,
3162 						    NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf);
3163 	if (browse_file == NULL)
3164 	    goto theend;
3165 	ffname = browse_file;
3166     }
3167 #endif
3168     if (*ffname == NUL)
3169     {
3170 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas)
3171 	{
3172 	    EMSG(_(e_argreq));
3173 	    goto theend;
3174 	}
3175 	other = FALSE;
3176     }
3177     else
3178     {
3179 	fname = ffname;
3180 	free_fname = fix_fname(ffname);
3181 	/*
3182 	 * When out-of-memory, keep unexpanded file name, because we MUST be
3183 	 * able to write the file in this situation.
3184 	 */
3185 	if (free_fname != NULL)
3186 	    ffname = free_fname;
3187 	other = otherfile(ffname);
3188     }
3189 
3190     /*
3191      * If we have a new file, put its name in the list of alternate file names.
3192      */
3193     if (other)
3194     {
3195 	if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_ALTWRITE) != NULL
3196 						 || eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas)
3197 	    alt_buf = setaltfname(ffname, fname, (linenr_T)1);
3198 	else
3199 	    alt_buf = buflist_findname(ffname);
3200 	if (alt_buf != NULL && alt_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
3201 	{
3202 	    /* Overwriting a file that is loaded in another buffer is not a
3203 	     * good idea. */
3204 	    EMSG(_(e_bufloaded));
3205 	    goto theend;
3206 	}
3207     }
3208 
3209     /*
3210      * Writing to the current file is not allowed in readonly mode
3211      * and a file name is required.
3212      * "nofile" and "nowrite" buffers cannot be written implicitly either.
3213      */
3214     if (!other && (
3215 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
3216 		bt_dontwrite_msg(curbuf) ||
3217 #endif
3218 		check_fname() == FAIL || check_readonly(&eap->forceit, curbuf)))
3219 	goto theend;
3220 
3221     if (!other)
3222     {
3223 	ffname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3224 	fname = curbuf->b_fname;
3225 	/*
3226 	 * Not writing the whole file is only allowed with '!'.
3227 	 */
3228 	if (	   (eap->line1 != 1
3229 		    || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
3230 		&& !eap->forceit
3231 		&& !eap->append
3232 		&& !p_wa)
3233 	{
3234 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3235 	    if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm)
3236 	    {
3237 		if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL,
3238 			       (char_u *)_("Write partial file?"), 2) != VIM_YES)
3239 		    goto theend;
3240 		eap->forceit = TRUE;
3241 	    }
3242 	    else
3243 #endif
3244 	    {
3245 		EMSG(_("E140: Use ! to write partial buffer"));
3246 		goto theend;
3247 	    }
3248 	}
3249     }
3250 
3251     if (check_overwrite(eap, curbuf, fname, ffname, other) == OK)
3252     {
3253 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas && alt_buf != NULL)
3254 	{
3255 	    buf_T	*was_curbuf = curbuf;
3256 
3257 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3258 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf);
3259 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3260 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting())
3261 #else
3262 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf)
3263 #endif
3264 	    {
3265 		/* buffer changed, don't change name now */
3266 		retval = FAIL;
3267 		goto theend;
3268 	    }
3269 	    /* Exchange the file names for the current and the alternate
3270 	     * buffer.  This makes it look like we are now editing the buffer
3271 	     * under the new name.  Must be done before buf_write(), because
3272 	     * if there is no file name and 'cpo' contains 'F', it will set
3273 	     * the file name. */
3274 	    fname = alt_buf->b_fname;
3275 	    alt_buf->b_fname = curbuf->b_fname;
3276 	    curbuf->b_fname = fname;
3277 	    fname = alt_buf->b_ffname;
3278 	    alt_buf->b_ffname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3279 	    curbuf->b_ffname = fname;
3280 	    fname = alt_buf->b_sfname;
3281 	    alt_buf->b_sfname = curbuf->b_sfname;
3282 	    curbuf->b_sfname = fname;
3283 	    buf_name_changed(curbuf);
3284 
3285 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3286 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf);
3287 	    if (!alt_buf->b_p_bl)
3288 	    {
3289 		alt_buf->b_p_bl = TRUE;
3290 		apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFADD, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf);
3291 	    }
3292 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3293 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting())
3294 #else
3295 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf)
3296 #endif
3297 	    {
3298 		/* buffer changed, don't write the file */
3299 		retval = FAIL;
3300 		goto theend;
3301 	    }
3302 
3303 	    /* If 'filetype' was empty try detecting it now. */
3304 	    if (*curbuf->b_p_ft == NUL)
3305 	    {
3306 		if (au_has_group((char_u *)"filetypedetect"))
3307 		    (void)do_doautocmd((char_u *)"filetypedetect BufRead",
3308 								  TRUE, NULL);
3309 		do_modelines(0);
3310 	    }
3311 
3312 	    /* Autocommands may have changed buffer names, esp. when
3313 	     * 'autochdir' is set. */
3314 	    fname = curbuf->b_sfname;
3315 	}
3316 
3317 	name_was_missing = curbuf->b_ffname == NULL;
3318 
3319 	retval = buf_write(curbuf, ffname, fname, eap->line1, eap->line2,
3320 				 eap, eap->append, eap->forceit, TRUE, FALSE);
3321 
3322 	/* After ":saveas fname" reset 'readonly'. */
3323 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas)
3324 	{
3325 	    if (retval == OK)
3326 	    {
3327 		curbuf->b_p_ro = FALSE;
3328 		redraw_tabline = TRUE;
3329 	    }
3330 	}
3331 
3332 	/* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set and the file name
3333 	 * got changed or set. */
3334 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas || name_was_missing)
3335 	{
3336 	    DO_AUTOCHDIR;
3337 	}
3338     }
3339 
3340 theend:
3341 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3342     vim_free(browse_file);
3343 #endif
3344     vim_free(free_fname);
3345     return retval;
3346 }
3347 
3348 /*
3349  * Check if it is allowed to overwrite a file.  If b_flags has BF_NOTEDITED,
3350  * BF_NEW or BF_READERR, check for overwriting current file.
3351  * May set eap->forceit if a dialog says it's OK to overwrite.
3352  * Return OK if it's OK, FAIL if it is not.
3353  */
3354     int
3355 check_overwrite(
3356     exarg_T	*eap,
3357     buf_T	*buf,
3358     char_u	*fname,	    /* file name to be used (can differ from
3359 			       buf->ffname) */
3360     char_u	*ffname,    /* full path version of fname */
3361     int		other)	    /* writing under other name */
3362 {
3363     /*
3364      * write to other file or b_flags set or not writing the whole file:
3365      * overwriting only allowed with '!'
3366      */
3367     if (       (other
3368 		|| (buf->b_flags & BF_NOTEDITED)
3369 		|| ((buf->b_flags & BF_NEW)
3370 		    && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_OVERNEW) == NULL)
3371 		|| (buf->b_flags & BF_READERR))
3372 	    && !p_wa
3373 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
3374 	    && !bt_nofile(buf)
3375 #endif
3376 	    && vim_fexists(ffname))
3377     {
3378 	if (!eap->forceit && !eap->append)
3379 	{
3380 #ifdef UNIX
3381 	    /* with UNIX it is possible to open a directory */
3382 	    if (mch_isdir(ffname))
3383 	    {
3384 		EMSG2(_(e_isadir2), ffname);
3385 		return FAIL;
3386 	    }
3387 #endif
3388 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3389 	    if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm)
3390 	    {
3391 		char_u	buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE];
3392 
3393 		dialog_msg(buff, _("Overwrite existing file \"%s\"?"), fname);
3394 		if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) != VIM_YES)
3395 		    return FAIL;
3396 		eap->forceit = TRUE;
3397 	    }
3398 	    else
3399 #endif
3400 	    {
3401 		EMSG(_(e_exists));
3402 		return FAIL;
3403 	    }
3404 	}
3405 
3406 	/* For ":w! filename" check that no swap file exists for "filename". */
3407 	if (other && !emsg_silent)
3408 	{
3409 	    char_u	*dir;
3410 	    char_u	*p;
3411 	    int		r;
3412 	    char_u	*swapname;
3413 
3414 	    /* We only try the first entry in 'directory', without checking if
3415 	     * it's writable.  If the "." directory is not writable the write
3416 	     * will probably fail anyway.
3417 	     * Use 'shortname' of the current buffer, since there is no buffer
3418 	     * for the written file. */
3419 	    if (*p_dir == NUL)
3420 	    {
3421 		dir = alloc(5);
3422 		if (dir == NULL)
3423 		    return FAIL;
3424 		STRCPY(dir, ".");
3425 	    }
3426 	    else
3427 	    {
3428 		dir = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3429 		if (dir == NULL)
3430 		    return FAIL;
3431 		p = p_dir;
3432 		copy_option_part(&p, dir, MAXPATHL, ",");
3433 	    }
3434 	    swapname = makeswapname(fname, ffname, curbuf, dir);
3435 	    vim_free(dir);
3436 	    r = vim_fexists(swapname);
3437 	    if (r)
3438 	    {
3439 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3440 		if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm)
3441 		{
3442 		    char_u	buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE];
3443 
3444 		    dialog_msg(buff,
3445 			    _("Swap file \"%s\" exists, overwrite anyway?"),
3446 								    swapname);
3447 		    if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2)
3448 								   != VIM_YES)
3449 		    {
3450 			vim_free(swapname);
3451 			return FAIL;
3452 		    }
3453 		    eap->forceit = TRUE;
3454 		}
3455 		else
3456 #endif
3457 		{
3458 		    EMSG2(_("E768: Swap file exists: %s (:silent! overrides)"),
3459 								    swapname);
3460 		    vim_free(swapname);
3461 		    return FAIL;
3462 		}
3463 	    }
3464 	    vim_free(swapname);
3465 	}
3466     }
3467     return OK;
3468 }
3469 
3470 /*
3471  * Handle ":wnext", ":wNext" and ":wprevious" commands.
3472  */
3473     void
3474 ex_wnext(exarg_T *eap)
3475 {
3476     int		i;
3477 
3478     if (eap->cmd[1] == 'n')
3479 	i = curwin->w_arg_idx + (int)eap->line2;
3480     else
3481 	i = curwin->w_arg_idx - (int)eap->line2;
3482     eap->line1 = 1;
3483     eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
3484     if (do_write(eap) != FAIL)
3485 	do_argfile(eap, i);
3486 }
3487 
3488 /*
3489  * ":wall", ":wqall" and ":xall": Write all changed files (and exit).
3490  */
3491     void
3492 do_wqall(exarg_T *eap)
3493 {
3494     buf_T	*buf;
3495     int		error = 0;
3496     int		save_forceit = eap->forceit;
3497 
3498     if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_xall || eap->cmdidx == CMD_wqall)
3499 	exiting = TRUE;
3500 
3501     FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
3502     {
3503 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
3504 	if (exiting && term_job_running(buf->b_term))
3505 	{
3506 	    no_write_message_nobang(buf);
3507 	    ++error;
3508 	}
3509 	else
3510 #endif
3511 	if (bufIsChanged(buf) && !bt_dontwrite(buf))
3512 	{
3513 	    /*
3514 	     * Check if there is a reason the buffer cannot be written:
3515 	     * 1. if the 'write' option is set
3516 	     * 2. if there is no file name (even after browsing)
3517 	     * 3. if the 'readonly' is set (even after a dialog)
3518 	     * 4. if overwriting is allowed (even after a dialog)
3519 	     */
3520 	    if (not_writing())
3521 	    {
3522 		++error;
3523 		break;
3524 	    }
3525 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3526 	    /* ":browse wall": ask for file name if there isn't one */
3527 	    if (buf->b_ffname == NULL && cmdmod.browse)
3528 		browse_save_fname(buf);
3529 #endif
3530 	    if (buf->b_ffname == NULL)
3531 	    {
3532 		EMSGN(_("E141: No file name for buffer %ld"), (long)buf->b_fnum);
3533 		++error;
3534 	    }
3535 	    else if (check_readonly(&eap->forceit, buf)
3536 		    || check_overwrite(eap, buf, buf->b_fname, buf->b_ffname,
3537 							       FALSE) == FAIL)
3538 	    {
3539 		++error;
3540 	    }
3541 	    else
3542 	    {
3543 		bufref_T bufref;
3544 
3545 		set_bufref(&bufref, buf);
3546 		if (buf_write_all(buf, eap->forceit) == FAIL)
3547 		    ++error;
3548 		/* an autocommand may have deleted the buffer */
3549 		if (!bufref_valid(&bufref))
3550 		    buf = firstbuf;
3551 	    }
3552 	    eap->forceit = save_forceit;    /* check_overwrite() may set it */
3553 	}
3554     }
3555     if (exiting)
3556     {
3557 	if (!error)
3558 	    getout(0);		/* exit Vim */
3559 	not_exiting();
3560     }
3561 }
3562 
3563 /*
3564  * Check the 'write' option.
3565  * Return TRUE and give a message when it's not st.
3566  */
3567     int
3568 not_writing(void)
3569 {
3570     if (p_write)
3571 	return FALSE;
3572     EMSG(_("E142: File not written: Writing is disabled by 'write' option"));
3573     return TRUE;
3574 }
3575 
3576 /*
3577  * Check if a buffer is read-only (either 'readonly' option is set or file is
3578  * read-only). Ask for overruling in a dialog. Return TRUE and give an error
3579  * message when the buffer is readonly.
3580  */
3581     static int
3582 check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf)
3583 {
3584     stat_T	st;
3585 
3586     /* Handle a file being readonly when the 'readonly' option is set or when
3587      * the file exists and permissions are read-only.
3588      * We will send 0777 to check_file_readonly(), as the "perm" variable is
3589      * important for device checks but not here. */
3590     if (!*forceit && (buf->b_p_ro
3591 		|| (mch_stat((char *)buf->b_ffname, &st) >= 0
3592 		    && check_file_readonly(buf->b_ffname, 0777))))
3593     {
3594 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3595 	if ((p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) && buf->b_fname != NULL)
3596 	{
3597 	    char_u	buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE];
3598 
3599 	    if (buf->b_p_ro)
3600 		dialog_msg(buff, _("'readonly' option is set for \"%s\".\nDo you wish to write anyway?"),
3601 		    buf->b_fname);
3602 	    else
3603 		dialog_msg(buff, _("File permissions of \"%s\" are read-only.\nIt may still be possible to write it.\nDo you wish to try?"),
3604 		    buf->b_fname);
3605 
3606 	    if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) == VIM_YES)
3607 	    {
3608 		/* Set forceit, to force the writing of a readonly file */
3609 		*forceit = TRUE;
3610 		return FALSE;
3611 	    }
3612 	    else
3613 		return TRUE;
3614 	}
3615 	else
3616 #endif
3617 	if (buf->b_p_ro)
3618 	    EMSG(_(e_readonly));
3619 	else
3620 	    EMSG2(_("E505: \"%s\" is read-only (add ! to override)"),
3621 		    buf->b_fname);
3622 	return TRUE;
3623     }
3624 
3625     return FALSE;
3626 }
3627 
3628 /*
3629  * Try to abandon current file and edit a new or existing file.
3630  * "fnum" is the number of the file, if zero use ffname/sfname.
3631  * "lnum" is the line number for the cursor in the new file (if non-zero).
3632  *
3633  * Return:
3634  * GETFILE_ERROR for "normal" error,
3635  * GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN for "not written" error,
3636  * GETFILE_SAME_FILE for success
3637  * GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER for successfully opening another file.
3638  */
3639     int
3640 getfile(
3641     int		fnum,
3642     char_u	*ffname,
3643     char_u	*sfname,
3644     int		setpm,
3645     linenr_T	lnum,
3646     int		forceit)
3647 {
3648     int		other;
3649     int		retval;
3650     char_u	*free_me = NULL;
3651 
3652     if (text_locked())
3653 	return GETFILE_ERROR;
3654     if (curbuf_locked())
3655 	return GETFILE_ERROR;
3656 
3657     if (fnum == 0)
3658     {
3659 					/* make ffname full path, set sfname */
3660 	fname_expand(curbuf, &ffname, &sfname);
3661 	other = otherfile(ffname);
3662 	free_me = ffname;		/* has been allocated, free() later */
3663     }
3664     else
3665 	other = (fnum != curbuf->b_fnum);
3666 
3667     if (other)
3668 	++no_wait_return;	    /* don't wait for autowrite message */
3669     if (other && !forceit && curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 && !buf_hide(curbuf)
3670 		   && curbufIsChanged() && autowrite(curbuf, forceit) == FAIL)
3671     {
3672 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3673 	if (p_confirm && p_write)
3674 	    dialog_changed(curbuf, FALSE);
3675 	if (curbufIsChanged())
3676 #endif
3677 	{
3678 	    if (other)
3679 		--no_wait_return;
3680 	    no_write_message();
3681 	    retval = GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN;	/* file has been changed */
3682 	    goto theend;
3683 	}
3684     }
3685     if (other)
3686 	--no_wait_return;
3687     if (setpm)
3688 	setpcmark();
3689     if (!other)
3690     {
3691 	if (lnum != 0)
3692 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
3693 	check_cursor_lnum();
3694 	beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);
3695 	retval = GETFILE_SAME_FILE;	/* it's in the same file */
3696     }
3697     else if (do_ecmd(fnum, ffname, sfname, NULL, lnum,
3698 	     (buf_hide(curbuf) ? ECMD_HIDE : 0) + (forceit ? ECMD_FORCEIT : 0),
3699 		curwin) == OK)
3700 	retval = GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER;	/* opened another file */
3701     else
3702 	retval = GETFILE_ERROR;		/* error encountered */
3703 
3704 theend:
3705     vim_free(free_me);
3706     return retval;
3707 }
3708 
3709 /*
3710  * start editing a new file
3711  *
3712  *     fnum: file number; if zero use ffname/sfname
3713  *   ffname: the file name
3714  *		- full path if sfname used,
3715  *		- any file name if sfname is NULL
3716  *		- empty string to re-edit with the same file name (but may be
3717  *		    in a different directory)
3718  *		- NULL to start an empty buffer
3719  *   sfname: the short file name (or NULL)
3720  *	eap: contains the command to be executed after loading the file and
3721  *	     forced 'ff' and 'fenc'
3722  *  newlnum: if > 0: put cursor on this line number (if possible)
3723  *	     if ECMD_LASTL: use last position in loaded file
3724  *	     if ECMD_LAST: use last position in all files
3725  *	     if ECMD_ONE: use first line
3726  *    flags:
3727  *	   ECMD_HIDE: if TRUE don't free the current buffer
3728  *     ECMD_SET_HELP: set b_help flag of (new) buffer before opening file
3729  *	 ECMD_OLDBUF: use existing buffer if it exists
3730  *	ECMD_FORCEIT: ! used for Ex command
3731  *	 ECMD_ADDBUF: don't edit, just add to buffer list
3732  *   oldwin: Should be "curwin" when editing a new buffer in the current
3733  *	     window, NULL when splitting the window first.  When not NULL info
3734  *	     of the previous buffer for "oldwin" is stored.
3735  *
3736  * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
3737  */
3738     int
3739 do_ecmd(
3740     int		fnum,
3741     char_u	*ffname,
3742     char_u	*sfname,
3743     exarg_T	*eap,			/* can be NULL! */
3744     linenr_T	newlnum,
3745     int		flags,
3746     win_T	*oldwin)
3747 {
3748     int		other_file;		/* TRUE if editing another file */
3749     int		oldbuf;			/* TRUE if using existing buffer */
3750     int		auto_buf = FALSE;	/* TRUE if autocommands brought us
3751 					   into the buffer unexpectedly */
3752     char_u	*new_name = NULL;
3753 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
3754     int		did_set_swapcommand = FALSE;
3755 #endif
3756     buf_T	*buf;
3757     bufref_T	bufref;
3758     bufref_T	old_curbuf;
3759     char_u	*free_fname = NULL;
3760 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3761     char_u	*browse_file = NULL;
3762 #endif
3763     int		retval = FAIL;
3764     long	n;
3765     pos_T	orig_pos;
3766     linenr_T	topline = 0;
3767     int		newcol = -1;
3768     int		solcol = -1;
3769     pos_T	*pos;
3770 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP
3771     char_u	*cp;
3772 #endif
3773     char_u	*command = NULL;
3774 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3775     int		did_get_winopts = FALSE;
3776 #endif
3777     int		readfile_flags = 0;
3778     int		did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE;
3779 
3780     if (eap != NULL)
3781 	command = eap->do_ecmd_cmd;
3782     set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf);
3783 
3784     if (fnum != 0)
3785     {
3786 	if (fnum == curbuf->b_fnum)	/* file is already being edited */
3787 	    return OK;			/* nothing to do */
3788 	other_file = TRUE;
3789     }
3790     else
3791     {
3792 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3793 	if (cmdmod.browse)
3794 	{
3795 	    if (
3796 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
3797 		!gui.in_use &&
3798 # endif
3799 		    au_has_group((char_u *)"FileExplorer"))
3800 	    {
3801 		/* No browsing supported but we do have the file explorer:
3802 		 * Edit the directory. */
3803 		if (ffname == NULL || !mch_isdir(ffname))
3804 		    ffname = (char_u *)".";
3805 	    }
3806 	    else
3807 	    {
3808 		browse_file = do_browse(0, (char_u *)_("Edit File"), ffname,
3809 						    NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf);
3810 		if (browse_file == NULL)
3811 		    goto theend;
3812 		ffname = browse_file;
3813 	    }
3814 	}
3815 #endif
3816 	/* if no short name given, use ffname for short name */
3817 	if (sfname == NULL)
3818 	    sfname = ffname;
3819 #ifdef USE_FNAME_CASE
3820 # ifdef USE_LONG_FNAME
3821 	if (USE_LONG_FNAME)
3822 # endif
3823 	    if (sfname != NULL)
3824 		fname_case(sfname, 0);   /* set correct case for sfname */
3825 #endif
3826 
3827 	if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) && (ffname == NULL || *ffname == NUL))
3828 	    goto theend;
3829 
3830 	if (ffname == NULL)
3831 	    other_file = TRUE;
3832 					    /* there is no file name */
3833 	else if (*ffname == NUL && curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
3834 	    other_file = FALSE;
3835 	else
3836 	{
3837 	    if (*ffname == NUL)		    /* re-edit with same file name */
3838 	    {
3839 		ffname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3840 		sfname = curbuf->b_fname;
3841 	    }
3842 	    free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); /* may expand to full path name */
3843 	    if (free_fname != NULL)
3844 		ffname = free_fname;
3845 	    other_file = otherfile(ffname);
3846 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP
3847 	    if (usingSunWorkShop && p_acd
3848 				   && (cp = vim_strrchr(sfname, '/')) != NULL)
3849 		sfname = ++cp;
3850 #endif
3851 	}
3852     }
3853 
3854     /*
3855      * if the file was changed we may not be allowed to abandon it
3856      * - if we are going to re-edit the same file
3857      * - or if we are the only window on this file and if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE
3858      */
3859     if (  ((!other_file && !(flags & ECMD_OLDBUF))
3860 	    || (curbuf->b_nwindows == 1
3861 		&& !(flags & (ECMD_HIDE | ECMD_ADDBUF))))
3862 	&& check_changed(curbuf, (p_awa ? CCGD_AW : 0)
3863 			       | (other_file ? 0 : CCGD_MULTWIN)
3864 			       | ((flags & ECMD_FORCEIT) ? CCGD_FORCEIT : 0)
3865 			       | (eap == NULL ? 0 : CCGD_EXCMD)))
3866     {
3867 	if (fnum == 0 && other_file && ffname != NULL)
3868 	    (void)setaltfname(ffname, sfname, newlnum < 0 ? 0 : newlnum);
3869 	goto theend;
3870     }
3871 
3872     /*
3873      * End Visual mode before switching to another buffer, so the text can be
3874      * copied into the GUI selection buffer.
3875      */
3876     reset_VIsual();
3877 
3878 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
3879     if ((command != NULL || newlnum > (linenr_T)0)
3880 	    && *get_vim_var_str(VV_SWAPCOMMAND) == NUL)
3881     {
3882 	int	len;
3883 	char_u	*p;
3884 
3885 	/* Set v:swapcommand for the SwapExists autocommands. */
3886 	if (command != NULL)
3887 	    len = (int)STRLEN(command) + 3;
3888 	else
3889 	    len = 30;
3890 	p = alloc((unsigned)len);
3891 	if (p != NULL)
3892 	{
3893 	    if (command != NULL)
3894 		vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, ":%s\r", command);
3895 	    else
3896 		vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, "%ldG", (long)newlnum);
3897 	    set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, p, -1);
3898 	    did_set_swapcommand = TRUE;
3899 	    vim_free(p);
3900 	}
3901     }
3902 #endif
3903 
3904     /*
3905      * If we are starting to edit another file, open a (new) buffer.
3906      * Otherwise we re-use the current buffer.
3907      */
3908     if (other_file)
3909     {
3910 	if (!(flags & ECMD_ADDBUF))
3911 	{
3912 	    if (!cmdmod.keepalt)
3913 		curwin->w_alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum;
3914 	    if (oldwin != NULL)
3915 		buflist_altfpos(oldwin);
3916 	}
3917 
3918 	if (fnum)
3919 	    buf = buflist_findnr(fnum);
3920 	else
3921 	{
3922 	    if (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF)
3923 	    {
3924 		linenr_T	tlnum = 1L;
3925 
3926 		if (command != NULL)
3927 		{
3928 		    tlnum = atol((char *)command);
3929 		    if (tlnum <= 0)
3930 			tlnum = 1L;
3931 		}
3932 		(void)buflist_new(ffname, sfname, tlnum, BLN_LISTED);
3933 		goto theend;
3934 	    }
3935 	    buf = buflist_new(ffname, sfname, 0L,
3936 		    BLN_CURBUF | ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) ? 0 : BLN_LISTED));
3937 
3938 	    /* autocommands may change curwin and curbuf */
3939 	    if (oldwin != NULL)
3940 		oldwin = curwin;
3941 	    set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf);
3942 	}
3943 	if (buf == NULL)
3944 	    goto theend;
3945 	if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL)		/* no memfile yet */
3946 	{
3947 	    oldbuf = FALSE;
3948 	}
3949 	else					/* existing memfile */
3950 	{
3951 	    oldbuf = TRUE;
3952 	    set_bufref(&bufref, buf);
3953 	    (void)buf_check_timestamp(buf, FALSE);
3954 	    /* Check if autocommands made the buffer invalid or changed the
3955 	     * current buffer. */
3956 	    if (!bufref_valid(&bufref) || curbuf != old_curbuf.br_buf)
3957 		goto theend;
3958 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3959 	    if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
3960 		goto theend;
3961 #endif
3962 	}
3963 
3964 	/* May jump to last used line number for a loaded buffer or when asked
3965 	 * for explicitly */
3966 	if ((oldbuf && newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) || newlnum == ECMD_LAST)
3967 	{
3968 	    pos = buflist_findfpos(buf);
3969 	    newlnum = pos->lnum;
3970 	    solcol = pos->col;
3971 	}
3972 
3973 	/*
3974 	 * Make the (new) buffer the one used by the current window.
3975 	 * If the old buffer becomes unused, free it if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE.
3976 	 * If the current buffer was empty and has no file name, curbuf
3977 	 * is returned by buflist_new(), nothing to do here.
3978 	 */
3979 	if (buf != curbuf)
3980 	{
3981 	    /*
3982 	     * Be careful: The autocommands may delete any buffer and change
3983 	     * the current buffer.
3984 	     * - If the buffer we are going to edit is deleted, give up.
3985 	     * - If the current buffer is deleted, prefer to load the new
3986 	     *   buffer when loading a buffer is required.  This avoids
3987 	     *   loading another buffer which then must be closed again.
3988 	     * - If we ended up in the new buffer already, need to skip a few
3989 	     *	 things, set auto_buf.
3990 	     */
3991 	    if (buf->b_fname != NULL)
3992 		new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname);
3993 	    set_bufref(&au_new_curbuf, buf);
3994 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3995 	    if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf))
3996 	    {
3997 		/* new buffer has been deleted */
3998 		delbuf_msg(new_name);	/* frees new_name */
3999 		goto theend;
4000 	    }
4001 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4002 	    if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
4003 	    {
4004 		vim_free(new_name);
4005 		goto theend;
4006 	    }
4007 #endif
4008 	    if (buf == curbuf)		/* already in new buffer */
4009 		auto_buf = TRUE;
4010 	    else
4011 	    {
4012 		win_T	    *the_curwin = curwin;
4013 
4014 		/* Set the w_closing flag to avoid that autocommands close the
4015 		 * window.  And set b_locked for the same reason. */
4016 		the_curwin->w_closing = TRUE;
4017 		++buf->b_locked;
4018 
4019 		if (curbuf == old_curbuf.br_buf)
4020 		    buf_copy_options(buf, BCO_ENTER);
4021 
4022 		/* Close the link to the current buffer. This will set
4023 		 * oldwin->w_buffer to NULL. */
4024 		u_sync(FALSE);
4025 		close_buffer(oldwin, curbuf,
4026 			       (flags & ECMD_HIDE) ? 0 : DOBUF_UNLOAD, FALSE);
4027 
4028 		the_curwin->w_closing = FALSE;
4029 		--buf->b_locked;
4030 
4031 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4032 		/* autocmds may abort script processing */
4033 		if (aborting() && curwin->w_buffer != NULL)
4034 		{
4035 		    vim_free(new_name);
4036 		    goto theend;
4037 		}
4038 #endif
4039 		/* Be careful again, like above. */
4040 		if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf))
4041 		{
4042 		    /* new buffer has been deleted */
4043 		    delbuf_msg(new_name);	/* frees new_name */
4044 		    goto theend;
4045 		}
4046 		if (buf == curbuf)		/* already in new buffer */
4047 		    auto_buf = TRUE;
4048 		else
4049 		{
4050 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4051 		    /*
4052 		     * <VN> We could instead free the synblock
4053 		     * and re-attach to buffer, perhaps.
4054 		     */
4055 		    if (curwin->w_buffer == NULL
4056 			    || curwin->w_s == &(curwin->w_buffer->b_s))
4057 			curwin->w_s = &(buf->b_s);
4058 #endif
4059 		    curwin->w_buffer = buf;
4060 		    curbuf = buf;
4061 		    ++curbuf->b_nwindows;
4062 
4063 		    /* Set 'fileformat', 'binary' and 'fenc' when forced. */
4064 		    if (!oldbuf && eap != NULL)
4065 		    {
4066 			set_file_options(TRUE, eap);
4067 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4068 			set_forced_fenc(eap);
4069 #endif
4070 		    }
4071 		}
4072 
4073 		/* May get the window options from the last time this buffer
4074 		 * was in this window (or another window).  If not used
4075 		 * before, reset the local window options to the global
4076 		 * values.  Also restores old folding stuff. */
4077 		get_winopts(curbuf);
4078 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4079 		did_get_winopts = TRUE;
4080 #endif
4081 	    }
4082 	    vim_free(new_name);
4083 	    au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL;
4084 	    au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0;
4085 	}
4086 
4087 	curwin->w_pcmark.lnum = 1;
4088 	curwin->w_pcmark.col = 0;
4089     }
4090     else /* !other_file */
4091     {
4092 	if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) || check_fname() == FAIL)
4093 	    goto theend;
4094 
4095 	oldbuf = (flags & ECMD_OLDBUF);
4096     }
4097 
4098     /* Don't redraw until the cursor is in the right line, otherwise
4099      * autocommands may cause ml_get errors. */
4100     ++RedrawingDisabled;
4101     did_inc_redrawing_disabled = TRUE;
4102 
4103     buf = curbuf;
4104     if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) || keep_help_flag)
4105     {
4106 	prepare_help_buffer();
4107     }
4108     else
4109     {
4110 	/* Don't make a buffer listed if it's a help buffer.  Useful when
4111 	 * using CTRL-O to go back to a help file. */
4112 	if (!curbuf->b_help)
4113 	    set_buflisted(TRUE);
4114     }
4115 
4116     /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about
4117      * editing the file. */
4118     if (buf != curbuf)
4119 	goto theend;
4120 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4121     if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
4122 	goto theend;
4123 #endif
4124 
4125     /* Since we are starting to edit a file, consider the filetype to be
4126      * unset.  Helps for when an autocommand changes files and expects syntax
4127      * highlighting to work in the other file. */
4128     did_filetype = FALSE;
4129 
4130 /*
4131  * other_file	oldbuf
4132  *  FALSE	FALSE	    re-edit same file, buffer is re-used
4133  *  FALSE	TRUE	    re-edit same file, nothing changes
4134  *  TRUE	FALSE	    start editing new file, new buffer
4135  *  TRUE	TRUE	    start editing in existing buffer (nothing to do)
4136  */
4137     if (!other_file && !oldbuf)		/* re-use the buffer */
4138     {
4139 	set_last_cursor(curwin);	/* may set b_last_cursor */
4140 	if (newlnum == ECMD_LAST || newlnum == ECMD_LASTL)
4141 	{
4142 	    newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4143 	    solcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4144 	}
4145 	buf = curbuf;
4146 	if (buf->b_fname != NULL)
4147 	    new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname);
4148 	else
4149 	    new_name = NULL;
4150 	set_bufref(&bufref, buf);
4151 
4152 	if (p_ur < 0 || curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count <= p_ur)
4153 	{
4154 	    /* Save all the text, so that the reload can be undone.
4155 	     * Sync first so that this is a separate undo-able action. */
4156 	    u_sync(FALSE);
4157 	    if (u_savecommon(0, curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1, 0, TRUE)
4158 								     == FAIL)
4159 	    {
4160 		vim_free(new_name);
4161 		goto theend;
4162 	    }
4163 	    u_unchanged(curbuf);
4164 	    buf_freeall(curbuf, BFA_KEEP_UNDO);
4165 
4166 	    /* tell readfile() not to clear or reload undo info */
4167 	    readfile_flags = READ_KEEP_UNDO;
4168 	}
4169 	else
4170 	    buf_freeall(curbuf, 0);   /* free all things for buffer */
4171 
4172 	/* If autocommands deleted the buffer we were going to re-edit, give
4173 	 * up and jump to the end. */
4174 	if (!bufref_valid(&bufref))
4175 	{
4176 	    delbuf_msg(new_name);	/* frees new_name */
4177 	    goto theend;
4178 	}
4179 	vim_free(new_name);
4180 
4181 	/* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about
4182 	 * re-editing the file.  Should do the buf_clear_file(), but perhaps
4183 	 * the autocommands changed the buffer... */
4184 	if (buf != curbuf)
4185 	    goto theend;
4186 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4187 	if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
4188 	    goto theend;
4189 #endif
4190 	buf_clear_file(curbuf);
4191 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = 0;	/* clear '[ and '] marks */
4192 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = 0;
4193     }
4194 
4195 /*
4196  * If we get here we are sure to start editing
4197  */
4198     /* Assume success now */
4199     retval = OK;
4200 
4201     /*
4202      * Check if we are editing the w_arg_idx file in the argument list.
4203      */
4204     check_arg_idx(curwin);
4205 
4206     if (!auto_buf)
4207     {
4208 	/*
4209 	 * Set cursor and init window before reading the file and executing
4210 	 * autocommands.  This allows for the autocommands to position the
4211 	 * cursor.
4212 	 */
4213 	curwin_init();
4214 
4215 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4216 	/* It's possible that all lines in the buffer changed.  Need to update
4217 	 * automatic folding for all windows where it's used. */
4218 	{
4219 	    win_T	    *win;
4220 	    tabpage_T	    *tp;
4221 
4222 	    FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win)
4223 		if (win->w_buffer == curbuf)
4224 		    foldUpdateAll(win);
4225 	}
4226 #endif
4227 
4228 	/* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */
4229 	DO_AUTOCHDIR;
4230 
4231 	/*
4232 	 * Careful: open_buffer() and apply_autocmds() may change the current
4233 	 * buffer and window.
4234 	 */
4235 	orig_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4236 	topline = curwin->w_topline;
4237 	if (!oldbuf)			    /* need to read the file */
4238 	{
4239 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION)
4240 	    swap_exists_action = SEA_DIALOG;
4241 #endif
4242 	    curbuf->b_flags |= BF_CHECK_RO; /* set/reset 'ro' flag */
4243 
4244 	    /*
4245 	     * Open the buffer and read the file.
4246 	     */
4247 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
4248 	    if (should_abort(open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags)))
4249 		retval = FAIL;
4250 #else
4251 	    (void)open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags);
4252 #endif
4253 
4254 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION)
4255 	    if (swap_exists_action == SEA_QUIT)
4256 		retval = FAIL;
4257 	    handle_swap_exists(&old_curbuf);
4258 #endif
4259 	}
4260 	else
4261 	{
4262 	    /* Read the modelines, but only to set window-local options.  Any
4263 	     * buffer-local options have already been set and may have been
4264 	     * changed by the user. */
4265 	    do_modelines(OPT_WINONLY);
4266 
4267 	    apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf,
4268 								    &retval);
4269 	    apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFWINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf,
4270 								    &retval);
4271 	}
4272 	check_arg_idx(curwin);
4273 
4274 	/* If autocommands change the cursor position or topline, we should
4275 	 * keep it.  Also when it moves within a line. But not when it moves
4276 	 * to the first non-blank. */
4277 	if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, orig_pos))
4278 	{
4279 	    char_u *text = ml_get_curline();
4280 
4281 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != orig_pos.lnum
4282 		    || curwin->w_cursor.col != (int)(skipwhite(text) - text))
4283 	    {
4284 		newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4285 		newcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4286 	    }
4287 	}
4288 	if (curwin->w_topline == topline)
4289 	    topline = 0;
4290 
4291 	/* Even when cursor didn't move we need to recompute topline. */
4292 	changed_line_abv_curs();
4293 
4294 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
4295 	maketitle();
4296 #endif
4297     }
4298 
4299 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4300     /* Tell the diff stuff that this buffer is new and/or needs updating.
4301      * Also needed when re-editing the same buffer, because unloading will
4302      * have removed it as a diff buffer. */
4303     if (curwin->w_p_diff)
4304     {
4305 	diff_buf_add(curbuf);
4306 	diff_invalidate(curbuf);
4307     }
4308 #endif
4309 
4310 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4311     /* If the window options were changed may need to set the spell language.
4312      * Can only do this after the buffer has been properly setup. */
4313     if (did_get_winopts && curwin->w_p_spell && *curwin->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL)
4314 	(void)did_set_spelllang(curwin);
4315 #endif
4316 
4317     if (command == NULL)
4318     {
4319 	if (newcol >= 0)	/* position set by autocommands */
4320 	{
4321 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum;
4322 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
4323 	    check_cursor();
4324 	}
4325 	else if (newlnum > 0)	/* line number from caller or old position */
4326 	{
4327 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum;
4328 	    check_cursor_lnum();
4329 	    if (solcol >= 0 && !p_sol)
4330 	    {
4331 		/* 'sol' is off: Use last known column. */
4332 		curwin->w_cursor.col = solcol;
4333 		check_cursor_col();
4334 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4335 		curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
4336 #endif
4337 		curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
4338 	    }
4339 	    else
4340 		beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);
4341 	}
4342 	else			/* no line number, go to last line in Ex mode */
4343 	{
4344 	    if (exmode_active)
4345 		curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4346 	    beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
4347 	}
4348     }
4349 
4350     /* Check if cursors in other windows on the same buffer are still valid */
4351     check_lnums(FALSE);
4352 
4353     /*
4354      * Did not read the file, need to show some info about the file.
4355      * Do this after setting the cursor.
4356      */
4357     if (oldbuf && !auto_buf)
4358     {
4359 	int	msg_scroll_save = msg_scroll;
4360 
4361 	/* Obey the 'O' flag in 'cpoptions': overwrite any previous file
4362 	 * message. */
4363 	if (shortmess(SHM_OVERALL) && !exiting && p_verbose == 0)
4364 	    msg_scroll = FALSE;
4365 	if (!msg_scroll)	/* wait a bit when overwriting an error msg */
4366 	    check_for_delay(FALSE);
4367 	msg_start();
4368 	msg_scroll = msg_scroll_save;
4369 	msg_scrolled_ign = TRUE;
4370 
4371 	if (!shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO))
4372 	    fileinfo(FALSE, TRUE, FALSE);
4373 
4374 	msg_scrolled_ign = FALSE;
4375     }
4376 
4377 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO
4378     curbuf->b_last_used = vim_time();
4379 #endif
4380 
4381     if (command != NULL)
4382 	do_cmdline(command, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_VERBOSE);
4383 
4384 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
4385     if (curbuf->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_INIT)
4386 	(void)keymap_init();
4387 #endif
4388 
4389     --RedrawingDisabled;
4390     did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE;
4391     if (!skip_redraw)
4392     {
4393 	n = p_so;
4394 	if (topline == 0 && command == NULL)
4395 	    p_so = 999;			/* force cursor halfway the window */
4396 	update_topline();
4397 	curwin->w_scbind_pos = curwin->w_topline;
4398 	p_so = n;
4399 	redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);	/* redraw this buffer later */
4400     }
4401 
4402     if (p_im)
4403 	need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
4404 
4405 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCHDIR
4406     /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set and we aren't already in
4407      * that directory (should already be done above). Expect getcwd() to be
4408      * faster than calling shorten_fnames() unnecessarily. */
4409     if (p_acd && curbuf->b_ffname != NULL)
4410     {
4411 	char_u	curdir[MAXPATHL];
4412 	char_u	filedir[MAXPATHL];
4413 
4414 	vim_strncpy(filedir, curbuf->b_ffname, MAXPATHL - 1);
4415 	*gettail_sep(filedir) = NUL;
4416 	if (mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL) != FAIL
4417 		&& vim_fnamecmp(curdir, filedir) != 0)
4418 	    do_autochdir();
4419     }
4420 #endif
4421 
4422 #if defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG)
4423     if (curbuf->b_ffname != NULL)
4424     {
4425 # ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP
4426 	if (gui.in_use && usingSunWorkShop)
4427 	    workshop_file_opened((char *)curbuf->b_ffname, curbuf->b_p_ro);
4428 # endif
4429 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
4430 	if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) != ECMD_SET_HELP)
4431 	    netbeans_file_opened(curbuf);
4432 # endif
4433     }
4434 #endif
4435 
4436 theend:
4437     if (did_inc_redrawing_disabled)
4438 	--RedrawingDisabled;
4439 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
4440     if (did_set_swapcommand)
4441 	set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, NULL, -1);
4442 #endif
4443 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
4444     vim_free(browse_file);
4445 #endif
4446     vim_free(free_fname);
4447     return retval;
4448 }
4449 
4450     static void
4451 delbuf_msg(char_u *name)
4452 {
4453     EMSG2(_("E143: Autocommands unexpectedly deleted new buffer %s"),
4454 	    name == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : name);
4455     vim_free(name);
4456     au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL;
4457     au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0;
4458 }
4459 
4460 static int append_indent = 0;	    /* autoindent for first line */
4461 
4462 /*
4463  * ":insert" and ":append", also used by ":change"
4464  */
4465     void
4466 ex_append(exarg_T *eap)
4467 {
4468     char_u	*theline;
4469     int		did_undo = FALSE;
4470     linenr_T	lnum = eap->line2;
4471     int		indent = 0;
4472     char_u	*p;
4473     int		vcol;
4474     int		empty = (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY);
4475 
4476     /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */
4477     if (eap->forceit)
4478 	curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai;
4479 
4480     /* First autoindent comes from the line we start on */
4481     if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_change && curbuf->b_p_ai && lnum > 0)
4482 	append_indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum);
4483 
4484     if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append)
4485 	--lnum;
4486 
4487     /* when the buffer is empty need to delete the dummy line */
4488     if (empty && lnum == 1)
4489 	lnum = 0;
4490 
4491     State = INSERT;		    /* behave like in Insert mode */
4492     if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
4493 	State |= LANGMAP;
4494 
4495     for (;;)
4496     {
4497 	msg_scroll = TRUE;
4498 	need_wait_return = FALSE;
4499 	if (curbuf->b_p_ai)
4500 	{
4501 	    if (append_indent >= 0)
4502 	    {
4503 		indent = append_indent;
4504 		append_indent = -1;
4505 	    }
4506 	    else if (lnum > 0)
4507 		indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum);
4508 	}
4509 	ex_keep_indent = FALSE;
4510 	if (eap->getline == NULL)
4511 	{
4512 	    /* No getline() function, use the lines that follow. This ends
4513 	     * when there is no more. */
4514 	    if (eap->nextcmd == NULL || *eap->nextcmd == NUL)
4515 		break;
4516 	    p = vim_strchr(eap->nextcmd, NL);
4517 	    if (p == NULL)
4518 		p = eap->nextcmd + STRLEN(eap->nextcmd);
4519 	    theline = vim_strnsave(eap->nextcmd, (int)(p - eap->nextcmd));
4520 	    if (*p != NUL)
4521 		++p;
4522 	    eap->nextcmd = p;
4523 	}
4524 	else
4525 	{
4526 	    int save_State = State;
4527 
4528 	    /* Set State to avoid the cursor shape to be set to INSERT mode
4529 	     * when getline() returns. */
4530 	    State = CMDLINE;
4531 	    theline = eap->getline(
4532 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4533 		    eap->cstack->cs_looplevel > 0 ? -1 :
4534 #endif
4535 		    NUL, eap->cookie, indent);
4536 	    State = save_State;
4537 	}
4538 	lines_left = Rows - 1;
4539 	if (theline == NULL)
4540 	    break;
4541 
4542 	/* Using ^ CTRL-D in getexmodeline() makes us repeat the indent. */
4543 	if (ex_keep_indent)
4544 	    append_indent = indent;
4545 
4546 	/* Look for the "." after automatic indent. */
4547 	vcol = 0;
4548 	for (p = theline; indent > vcol; ++p)
4549 	{
4550 	    if (*p == ' ')
4551 		++vcol;
4552 	    else if (*p == TAB)
4553 		vcol += 8 - vcol % 8;
4554 	    else
4555 		break;
4556 	}
4557 	if ((p[0] == '.' && p[1] == NUL)
4558 		|| (!did_undo && u_save(lnum, lnum + 1 + (empty ? 1 : 0))
4559 								     == FAIL))
4560 	{
4561 	    vim_free(theline);
4562 	    break;
4563 	}
4564 
4565 	/* don't use autoindent if nothing was typed. */
4566 	if (p[0] == NUL)
4567 	    theline[0] = NUL;
4568 
4569 	did_undo = TRUE;
4570 	ml_append(lnum, theline, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
4571 	appended_lines_mark(lnum + (empty ? 1 : 0), 1L);
4572 
4573 	vim_free(theline);
4574 	++lnum;
4575 
4576 	if (empty)
4577 	{
4578 	    ml_delete(2L, FALSE);
4579 	    empty = FALSE;
4580 	}
4581     }
4582     State = NORMAL;
4583 
4584     if (eap->forceit)
4585 	curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai;
4586 
4587     /* "start" is set to eap->line2+1 unless that position is invalid (when
4588      * eap->line2 pointed to the end of the buffer and nothing was appended)
4589      * "end" is set to lnum when something has been appended, otherwise
4590      * it is the same than "start"  -- Acevedo */
4591     curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) ?
4592 	eap->line2 + 1 : curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4593     if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append)
4594 	--curbuf->b_op_start.lnum;
4595     curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = (eap->line2 < lnum)
4596 					     ? lnum : curbuf->b_op_start.lnum;
4597     curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
4598     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
4599     check_cursor_lnum();
4600     beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);
4601 
4602     need_wait_return = FALSE;	/* don't use wait_return() now */
4603     ex_no_reprint = TRUE;
4604 }
4605 
4606 /*
4607  * ":change"
4608  */
4609     void
4610 ex_change(exarg_T *eap)
4611 {
4612     linenr_T	lnum;
4613 
4614     if (eap->line2 >= eap->line1
4615 	    && u_save(eap->line1 - 1, eap->line2 + 1) == FAIL)
4616 	return;
4617 
4618     /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */
4619     if (eap->forceit ? !curbuf->b_p_ai : curbuf->b_p_ai)
4620 	append_indent = get_indent_lnum(eap->line1);
4621 
4622     for (lnum = eap->line2; lnum >= eap->line1; --lnum)
4623     {
4624 	if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)	    /* nothing to delete */
4625 	    break;
4626 	ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE);
4627     }
4628 
4629     /* make sure the cursor is not beyond the end of the file now */
4630     check_cursor_lnum();
4631     deleted_lines_mark(eap->line1, (long)(eap->line2 - lnum));
4632 
4633     /* ":append" on the line above the deleted lines. */
4634     eap->line2 = eap->line1;
4635     ex_append(eap);
4636 }
4637 
4638     void
4639 ex_z(exarg_T *eap)
4640 {
4641     char_u	*x;
4642     long	bigness;
4643     char_u	*kind;
4644     int		minus = 0;
4645     linenr_T	start, end, curs, i;
4646     int		j;
4647     linenr_T	lnum = eap->line2;
4648 
4649     /* Vi compatible: ":z!" uses display height, without a count uses
4650      * 'scroll' */
4651     if (eap->forceit)
4652 	bigness = curwin->w_height;
4653     else if (!ONE_WINDOW)
4654 	bigness = curwin->w_height - 3;
4655     else
4656 	bigness = curwin->w_p_scr * 2;
4657     if (bigness < 1)
4658 	bigness = 1;
4659 
4660     x = eap->arg;
4661     kind = x;
4662     if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+' || *kind == '='
4663 					      || *kind == '^' || *kind == '.')
4664 	++x;
4665     while (*x == '-' || *x == '+')
4666 	++x;
4667 
4668     if (*x != 0)
4669     {
4670 	if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*x))
4671 	{
4672 	    EMSG(_("E144: non-numeric argument to :z"));
4673 	    return;
4674 	}
4675 	else
4676 	{
4677 	    bigness = atol((char *)x);
4678 
4679 	    /* bigness could be < 0 if atol(x) overflows. */
4680 	    if (bigness > 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count || bigness < 0)
4681 		bigness = 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4682 
4683 	    p_window = bigness;
4684 	    if (*kind == '=')
4685 		bigness += 2;
4686 	}
4687     }
4688 
4689     /* the number of '-' and '+' multiplies the distance */
4690     if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+')
4691 	for (x = kind + 1; *x == *kind; ++x)
4692 	    ;
4693 
4694     switch (*kind)
4695     {
4696 	case '-':
4697 	    start = lnum - bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind) + 1;
4698 	    end = start + bigness - 1;
4699 	    curs = end;
4700 	    break;
4701 
4702 	case '=':
4703 	    start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1;
4704 	    end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1;
4705 	    curs = lnum;
4706 	    minus = 1;
4707 	    break;
4708 
4709 	case '^':
4710 	    start = lnum - bigness * 2;
4711 	    end = lnum - bigness;
4712 	    curs = lnum - bigness;
4713 	    break;
4714 
4715 	case '.':
4716 	    start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1;
4717 	    end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1;
4718 	    curs = end;
4719 	    break;
4720 
4721 	default:  /* '+' */
4722 	    start = lnum;
4723 	    if (*kind == '+')
4724 		start += bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind - 1) + 1;
4725 	    else if (eap->addr_count == 0)
4726 		++start;
4727 	    end = start + bigness - 1;
4728 	    curs = end;
4729 	    break;
4730     }
4731 
4732     if (start < 1)
4733 	start = 1;
4734 
4735     if (end > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4736 	end = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4737 
4738     if (curs > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4739 	curs = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4740     else if (curs < 1)
4741 	curs = 1;
4742 
4743     for (i = start; i <= end; i++)
4744     {
4745 	if (minus && i == lnum)
4746 	{
4747 	    msg_putchar('\n');
4748 
4749 	    for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++)
4750 		msg_putchar('-');
4751 	}
4752 
4753 	print_line(i, eap->flags & EXFLAG_NR, eap->flags & EXFLAG_LIST);
4754 
4755 	if (minus && i == lnum)
4756 	{
4757 	    msg_putchar('\n');
4758 
4759 	    for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++)
4760 		msg_putchar('-');
4761 	}
4762     }
4763 
4764     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curs)
4765     {
4766 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curs;
4767 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
4768     }
4769     ex_no_reprint = TRUE;
4770 }
4771 
4772 /*
4773  * Check if the restricted flag is set.
4774  * If so, give an error message and return TRUE.
4775  * Otherwise, return FALSE.
4776  */
4777     int
4778 check_restricted(void)
4779 {
4780     if (restricted)
4781     {
4782 	EMSG(_("E145: Shell commands not allowed in rvim"));
4783 	return TRUE;
4784     }
4785     return FALSE;
4786 }
4787 
4788 /*
4789  * Check if the secure flag is set (.exrc or .vimrc in current directory).
4790  * If so, give an error message and return TRUE.
4791  * Otherwise, return FALSE.
4792  */
4793     int
4794 check_secure(void)
4795 {
4796     if (secure)
4797     {
4798 	secure = 2;
4799 	EMSG(_(e_curdir));
4800 	return TRUE;
4801     }
4802 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
4803     /*
4804      * In the sandbox more things are not allowed, including the things
4805      * disallowed in secure mode.
4806      */
4807     if (sandbox != 0)
4808     {
4809 	EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
4810 	return TRUE;
4811     }
4812 #endif
4813     return FALSE;
4814 }
4815 
4816 static char_u	*old_sub = NULL;	/* previous substitute pattern */
4817 static int	global_need_beginline;	/* call beginline() after ":g" */
4818 
4819 /*
4820  * Flags that are kept between calls to :substitute.
4821  */
4822 typedef struct {
4823     int	do_all;		/* do multiple substitutions per line */
4824     int	do_ask;		/* ask for confirmation */
4825     int	do_count;	/* count only */
4826     int	do_error;	/* if false, ignore errors */
4827     int	do_print;	/* print last line with subs. */
4828     int	do_list;	/* list last line with subs. */
4829     int	do_number;	/* list last line with line nr*/
4830     int	do_ic;		/* ignore case flag */
4831 } subflags_T;
4832 
4833 /* do_sub()
4834  *
4835  * Perform a substitution from line eap->line1 to line eap->line2 using the
4836  * command pointed to by eap->arg which should be of the form:
4837  *
4838  * /pattern/substitution/{flags}
4839  *
4840  * The usual escapes are supported as described in the regexp docs.
4841  */
4842     void
4843 do_sub(exarg_T *eap)
4844 {
4845     linenr_T	lnum;
4846     long	i = 0;
4847     regmmatch_T regmatch;
4848     static subflags_T subflags = {FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE,
4849 							      FALSE, FALSE, 0};
4850 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4851     subflags_T	subflags_save;
4852 #endif
4853     int		save_do_all;		/* remember user specified 'g' flag */
4854     int		save_do_ask;		/* remember user specified 'c' flag */
4855     char_u	*pat = NULL, *sub = NULL;	/* init for GCC */
4856     int		delimiter;
4857     int		sublen;
4858     int		got_quit = FALSE;
4859     int		got_match = FALSE;
4860     int		temp;
4861     int		which_pat;
4862     char_u	*cmd;
4863     int		save_State;
4864     linenr_T	first_line = 0;		/* first changed line */
4865     linenr_T	last_line= 0;		/* below last changed line AFTER the
4866 					 * change */
4867     linenr_T	old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4868     linenr_T	line2;
4869     long	nmatch;			/* number of lines in match */
4870     char_u	*sub_firstline;		/* allocated copy of first sub line */
4871     int		endcolumn = FALSE;	/* cursor in last column when done */
4872     pos_T	old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
4873     int		start_nsubs;
4874 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4875     int		save_ma = 0;
4876 #endif
4877 
4878     cmd = eap->arg;
4879     if (!global_busy)
4880     {
4881 	sub_nsubs = 0;
4882 	sub_nlines = 0;
4883     }
4884     start_nsubs = sub_nsubs;
4885 
4886     if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_tilde)
4887 	which_pat = RE_LAST;	/* use last used regexp */
4888     else
4889 	which_pat = RE_SUBST;	/* use last substitute regexp */
4890 
4891 				/* new pattern and substitution */
4892     if (eap->cmd[0] == 's' && *cmd != NUL && !VIM_ISWHITE(*cmd)
4893 		&& vim_strchr((char_u *)"0123456789cegriIp|\"", *cmd) == NULL)
4894     {
4895 				/* don't accept alphanumeric for separator */
4896 	if (isalpha(*cmd))
4897 	{
4898 	    EMSG(_("E146: Regular expressions can't be delimited by letters"));
4899 	    return;
4900 	}
4901 	/*
4902 	 * undocumented vi feature:
4903 	 *  "\/sub/" and "\?sub?" use last used search pattern (almost like
4904 	 *  //sub/r).  "\&sub&" use last substitute pattern (like //sub/).
4905 	 */
4906 	if (*cmd == '\\')
4907 	{
4908 	    ++cmd;
4909 	    if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL)
4910 	    {
4911 		EMSG(_(e_backslash));
4912 		return;
4913 	    }
4914 	    if (*cmd != '&')
4915 		which_pat = RE_SEARCH;	    /* use last '/' pattern */
4916 	    pat = (char_u *)"";		    /* empty search pattern */
4917 	    delimiter = *cmd++;		    /* remember delimiter character */
4918 	}
4919 	else		/* find the end of the regexp */
4920 	{
4921 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP	/* reverse the flow of the Farsi characters */
4922 	    if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl)
4923 		lrF_sub(cmd);
4924 #endif
4925 	    which_pat = RE_LAST;	    /* use last used regexp */
4926 	    delimiter = *cmd++;		    /* remember delimiter character */
4927 	    pat = cmd;			    /* remember start of search pat */
4928 	    cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delimiter, p_magic, &eap->arg);
4929 	    if (cmd[0] == delimiter)	    /* end delimiter found */
4930 		*cmd++ = NUL;		    /* replace it with a NUL */
4931 	}
4932 
4933 	/*
4934 	 * Small incompatibility: vi sees '\n' as end of the command, but in
4935 	 * Vim we want to use '\n' to find/substitute a NUL.
4936 	 */
4937 	sub = cmd;	    /* remember the start of the substitution */
4938 
4939 	while (cmd[0])
4940 	{
4941 	    if (cmd[0] == delimiter)		/* end delimiter found */
4942 	    {
4943 		*cmd++ = NUL;			/* replace it with a NUL */
4944 		break;
4945 	    }
4946 	    if (cmd[0] == '\\' && cmd[1] != 0)	/* skip escaped characters */
4947 		++cmd;
4948 	    MB_PTR_ADV(cmd);
4949 	}
4950 
4951 	if (!eap->skip)
4952 	{
4953 	    /* In POSIX vi ":s/pat/%/" uses the previous subst. string. */
4954 	    if (STRCMP(sub, "%") == 0
4955 				 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SUBPERCENT) != NULL)
4956 	    {
4957 		if (old_sub == NULL)	/* there is no previous command */
4958 		{
4959 		    EMSG(_(e_nopresub));
4960 		    return;
4961 		}
4962 		sub = old_sub;
4963 	    }
4964 	    else
4965 	    {
4966 		vim_free(old_sub);
4967 		old_sub = vim_strsave(sub);
4968 	    }
4969 	}
4970     }
4971     else if (!eap->skip)	/* use previous pattern and substitution */
4972     {
4973 	if (old_sub == NULL)	/* there is no previous command */
4974 	{
4975 	    EMSG(_(e_nopresub));
4976 	    return;
4977 	}
4978 	pat = NULL;		/* search_regcomp() will use previous pattern */
4979 	sub = old_sub;
4980 
4981 	/* Vi compatibility quirk: repeating with ":s" keeps the cursor in the
4982 	 * last column after using "$". */
4983 	endcolumn = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL);
4984     }
4985 
4986     /* Recognize ":%s/\n//" and turn it into a join command, which is much
4987      * more efficient.
4988      * TODO: find a generic solution to make line-joining operations more
4989      * efficient, avoid allocating a string that grows in size.
4990      */
4991     if (pat != NULL && STRCMP(pat, "\\n") == 0
4992 	    && *sub == NUL
4993 	    && (*cmd == NUL || (cmd[1] == NUL && (*cmd == 'g' || *cmd == 'l'
4994 					     || *cmd == 'p' || *cmd == '#'))))
4995     {
4996 	linenr_T    joined_lines_count;
4997 
4998 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1;
4999 	if (*cmd == 'l')
5000 	    eap->flags = EXFLAG_LIST;
5001 	else if (*cmd == '#')
5002 	    eap->flags = EXFLAG_NR;
5003 	else if (*cmd == 'p')
5004 	    eap->flags = EXFLAG_PRINT;
5005 
5006 	/* The number of lines joined is the number of lines in the range plus
5007 	 * one.  One less when the last line is included. */
5008 	joined_lines_count = eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1;
5009 	if (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5010 	    ++joined_lines_count;
5011 	if (joined_lines_count > 1)
5012 	{
5013 	    (void)do_join(joined_lines_count, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
5014 	    sub_nsubs = joined_lines_count - 1;
5015 	    sub_nlines = 1;
5016 	    (void)do_sub_msg(FALSE);
5017 	    ex_may_print(eap);
5018 	}
5019 
5020 	if (!cmdmod.keeppatterns)
5021 	    save_re_pat(RE_SUBST, pat, p_magic);
5022 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
5023 	/* put pattern in history */
5024 	add_to_history(HIST_SEARCH, pat, TRUE, NUL);
5025 #endif
5026 
5027 	return;
5028     }
5029 
5030     /*
5031      * Find trailing options.  When '&' is used, keep old options.
5032      */
5033     if (*cmd == '&')
5034 	++cmd;
5035     else
5036     {
5037 	if (!p_ed)
5038 	{
5039 	    if (p_gd)		/* default is global on */
5040 		subflags.do_all = TRUE;
5041 	    else
5042 		subflags.do_all = FALSE;
5043 	    subflags.do_ask = FALSE;
5044 	}
5045 	subflags.do_error = TRUE;
5046 	subflags.do_print = FALSE;
5047 	subflags.do_count = FALSE;
5048 	subflags.do_number = FALSE;
5049 	subflags.do_ic = 0;
5050     }
5051     while (*cmd)
5052     {
5053 	/*
5054 	 * Note that 'g' and 'c' are always inverted, also when p_ed is off.
5055 	 * 'r' is never inverted.
5056 	 */
5057 	if (*cmd == 'g')
5058 	    subflags.do_all = !subflags.do_all;
5059 	else if (*cmd == 'c')
5060 	    subflags.do_ask = !subflags.do_ask;
5061 	else if (*cmd == 'n')
5062 	    subflags.do_count = TRUE;
5063 	else if (*cmd == 'e')
5064 	    subflags.do_error = !subflags.do_error;
5065 	else if (*cmd == 'r')	    /* use last used regexp */
5066 	    which_pat = RE_LAST;
5067 	else if (*cmd == 'p')
5068 	    subflags.do_print = TRUE;
5069 	else if (*cmd == '#')
5070 	{
5071 	    subflags.do_print = TRUE;
5072 	    subflags.do_number = TRUE;
5073 	}
5074 	else if (*cmd == 'l')
5075 	{
5076 	    subflags.do_print = TRUE;
5077 	    subflags.do_list = TRUE;
5078 	}
5079 	else if (*cmd == 'i')	    /* ignore case */
5080 	    subflags.do_ic = 'i';
5081 	else if (*cmd == 'I')	    /* don't ignore case */
5082 	    subflags.do_ic = 'I';
5083 	else
5084 	    break;
5085 	++cmd;
5086     }
5087     if (subflags.do_count)
5088 	subflags.do_ask = FALSE;
5089 
5090     save_do_all = subflags.do_all;
5091     save_do_ask = subflags.do_ask;
5092 
5093     /*
5094      * check for a trailing count
5095      */
5096     cmd = skipwhite(cmd);
5097     if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*cmd))
5098     {
5099 	i = getdigits(&cmd);
5100 	if (i <= 0 && !eap->skip && subflags.do_error)
5101 	{
5102 	    EMSG(_(e_zerocount));
5103 	    return;
5104 	}
5105 	eap->line1 = eap->line2;
5106 	eap->line2 += i - 1;
5107 	if (eap->line2 > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5108 	    eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
5109     }
5110 
5111     /*
5112      * check for trailing command or garbage
5113      */
5114     cmd = skipwhite(cmd);
5115     if (*cmd && *cmd != '"')	    /* if not end-of-line or comment */
5116     {
5117 	eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(cmd);
5118 	if (eap->nextcmd == NULL)
5119 	{
5120 	    EMSG(_(e_trailing));
5121 	    return;
5122 	}
5123     }
5124 
5125     if (eap->skip)	    /* not executing commands, only parsing */
5126 	return;
5127 
5128     if (!subflags.do_count && !curbuf->b_p_ma)
5129     {
5130 	/* Substitution is not allowed in non-'modifiable' buffer */
5131 	EMSG(_(e_modifiable));
5132 	return;
5133     }
5134 
5135     if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_SUBST, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, &regmatch) == FAIL)
5136     {
5137 	if (subflags.do_error)
5138 	    EMSG(_(e_invcmd));
5139 	return;
5140     }
5141 
5142     /* the 'i' or 'I' flag overrules 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' */
5143     if (subflags.do_ic == 'i')
5144 	regmatch.rmm_ic = TRUE;
5145     else if (subflags.do_ic == 'I')
5146 	regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
5147 
5148     sub_firstline = NULL;
5149 
5150     /*
5151      * ~ in the substitute pattern is replaced with the old pattern.
5152      * We do it here once to avoid it to be replaced over and over again.
5153      * But don't do it when it starts with "\=", then it's an expression.
5154      */
5155     if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '='))
5156 	sub = regtilde(sub, p_magic);
5157 
5158     /*
5159      * Check for a match on each line.
5160      */
5161     line2 = eap->line2;
5162     for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= line2 && !(got_quit
5163 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
5164 		|| aborting()
5165 #endif
5166 		); ++lnum)
5167     {
5168 	nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
5169 						       (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL);
5170 	if (nmatch)
5171 	{
5172 	    colnr_T	copycol;
5173 	    colnr_T	matchcol;
5174 	    colnr_T	prev_matchcol = MAXCOL;
5175 	    char_u	*new_end, *new_start = NULL;
5176 	    unsigned	new_start_len = 0;
5177 	    char_u	*p1;
5178 	    int		did_sub = FALSE;
5179 	    int		lastone;
5180 	    int		len, copy_len, needed_len;
5181 	    long	nmatch_tl = 0;	/* nr of lines matched below lnum */
5182 	    int		do_again;	/* do it again after joining lines */
5183 	    int		skip_match = FALSE;
5184 	    linenr_T	sub_firstlnum;	/* nr of first sub line */
5185 
5186 	    /*
5187 	     * The new text is build up step by step, to avoid too much
5188 	     * copying.  There are these pieces:
5189 	     * sub_firstline	The old text, unmodified.
5190 	     * copycol		Column in the old text where we started
5191 	     *			looking for a match; from here old text still
5192 	     *			needs to be copied to the new text.
5193 	     * matchcol		Column number of the old text where to look
5194 	     *			for the next match.  It's just after the
5195 	     *			previous match or one further.
5196 	     * prev_matchcol	Column just after the previous match (if any).
5197 	     *			Mostly equal to matchcol, except for the first
5198 	     *			match and after skipping an empty match.
5199 	     * regmatch.*pos	Where the pattern matched in the old text.
5200 	     * new_start	The new text, all that has been produced so
5201 	     *			far.
5202 	     * new_end		The new text, where to append new text.
5203 	     *
5204 	     * lnum		The line number where we found the start of
5205 	     *			the match.  Can be below the line we searched
5206 	     *			when there is a \n before a \zs in the
5207 	     *			pattern.
5208 	     * sub_firstlnum	The line number in the buffer where to look
5209 	     *			for a match.  Can be different from "lnum"
5210 	     *			when the pattern or substitute string contains
5211 	     *			line breaks.
5212 	     *
5213 	     * Special situations:
5214 	     * - When the substitute string contains a line break, the part up
5215 	     *   to the line break is inserted in the text, but the copy of
5216 	     *   the original line is kept.  "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted for
5217 	     *   the inserted lines.
5218 	     * - When the matched pattern contains a line break, the old line
5219 	     *   is taken from the line at the end of the pattern.  The lines
5220 	     *   in the match are deleted later, "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted
5221 	     *   accordingly.
5222 	     *
5223 	     * The new text is built up in new_start[].  It has some extra
5224 	     * room to avoid using alloc()/free() too often.  new_start_len is
5225 	     * the length of the allocated memory at new_start.
5226 	     *
5227 	     * Make a copy of the old line, so it won't be taken away when
5228 	     * updating the screen or handling a multi-line match.  The "old_"
5229 	     * pointers point into this copy.
5230 	     */
5231 	    sub_firstlnum = lnum;
5232 	    copycol = 0;
5233 	    matchcol = 0;
5234 
5235 	    /* At first match, remember current cursor position. */
5236 	    if (!got_match)
5237 	    {
5238 		setpcmark();
5239 		got_match = TRUE;
5240 	    }
5241 
5242 	    /*
5243 	     * Loop until nothing more to replace in this line.
5244 	     * 1. Handle match with empty string.
5245 	     * 2. If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation.
5246 	     * 3. substitute the string.
5247 	     * 4. if do_all is set, find next match
5248 	     * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line
5249 	     */
5250 	    for (;;)
5251 	    {
5252 		/* Advance "lnum" to the line where the match starts.  The
5253 		 * match does not start in the first line when there is a line
5254 		 * break before \zs. */
5255 		if (regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0)
5256 		{
5257 		    lnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5258 		    sub_firstlnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5259 		    nmatch -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5260 		    VIM_CLEAR(sub_firstline);
5261 		}
5262 
5263 		if (sub_firstline == NULL)
5264 		{
5265 		    sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum));
5266 		    if (sub_firstline == NULL)
5267 		    {
5268 			vim_free(new_start);
5269 			goto outofmem;
5270 		    }
5271 		}
5272 
5273 		/* Save the line number of the last change for the final
5274 		 * cursor position (just like Vi). */
5275 		curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5276 		do_again = FALSE;
5277 
5278 		/*
5279 		 * 1. Match empty string does not count, except for first
5280 		 * match.  This reproduces the strange vi behaviour.
5281 		 * This also catches endless loops.
5282 		 */
5283 		if (matchcol == prev_matchcol
5284 			&& regmatch.endpos[0].lnum == 0
5285 			&& matchcol == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
5286 		{
5287 		    if (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL)
5288 			/* We already were at the end of the line.  Don't look
5289 			 * for a match in this line again. */
5290 			skip_match = TRUE;
5291 		    else
5292 		    {
5293 			 /* search for a match at next column */
5294 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5295 			if (has_mbyte)
5296 			    matchcol += mb_ptr2len(sub_firstline + matchcol);
5297 			else
5298 #endif
5299 			    ++matchcol;
5300 		    }
5301 		    goto skip;
5302 		}
5303 
5304 		/* Normally we continue searching for a match just after the
5305 		 * previous match. */
5306 		matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
5307 		prev_matchcol = matchcol;
5308 
5309 		/*
5310 		 * 2. If do_count is set only increase the counter.
5311 		 *    If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation.
5312 		 */
5313 		if (subflags.do_count)
5314 		{
5315 		    /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at
5316 		     * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that
5317 		     * we continue looking for a match on the next line.
5318 		     * Avoids that ":s/\nB\@=//gc" get stuck. */
5319 		    if (nmatch > 1)
5320 		    {
5321 			matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline);
5322 			nmatch = 1;
5323 			skip_match = TRUE;
5324 		    }
5325 		    sub_nsubs++;
5326 		    did_sub = TRUE;
5327 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5328 		    /* Skip the substitution, unless an expression is used,
5329 		     * then it is evaluated in the sandbox. */
5330 		    if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '='))
5331 #endif
5332 			goto skip;
5333 		}
5334 
5335 		if (subflags.do_ask)
5336 		{
5337 		    int typed = 0;
5338 
5339 		    /* change State to CONFIRM, so that the mouse works
5340 		     * properly */
5341 		    save_State = State;
5342 		    State = CONFIRM;
5343 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
5344 		    setmouse();		/* disable mouse in xterm */
5345 #endif
5346 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col;
5347 		    if (curwin->w_p_crb)
5348 			do_check_cursorbind();
5349 
5350 		    /* When 'cpoptions' contains "u" don't sync undo when
5351 		     * asking for confirmation. */
5352 		    if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL)
5353 			++no_u_sync;
5354 
5355 		    /*
5356 		     * Loop until 'y', 'n', 'q', CTRL-E or CTRL-Y typed.
5357 		     */
5358 		    while (subflags.do_ask)
5359 		    {
5360 			if (exmode_active)
5361 			{
5362 			    char_u	*resp;
5363 			    colnr_T	sc, ec;
5364 
5365 			    print_line_no_prefix(lnum,
5366 					 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list);
5367 
5368 			    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &sc, NULL, NULL);
5369 			    curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col - 1;
5370 			    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < 0)
5371 				curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5372 			    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &ec);
5373 			    if (subflags.do_number || curwin->w_p_nu)
5374 			    {
5375 				int numw = number_width(curwin) + 1;
5376 				sc += numw;
5377 				ec += numw;
5378 			    }
5379 			    msg_start();
5380 			    for (i = 0; i < (long)sc; ++i)
5381 				msg_putchar(' ');
5382 			    for ( ; i <= (long)ec; ++i)
5383 				msg_putchar('^');
5384 
5385 			    resp = getexmodeline('?', NULL, 0);
5386 			    if (resp != NULL)
5387 			    {
5388 				typed = *resp;
5389 				vim_free(resp);
5390 			    }
5391 			}
5392 			else
5393 			{
5394 			    char_u *orig_line = NULL;
5395 			    int    len_change = 0;
5396 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5397 			    int save_p_fen = curwin->w_p_fen;
5398 
5399 			    curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE;
5400 #endif
5401 			    /* Invert the matched string.
5402 			     * Remove the inversion afterwards. */
5403 			    temp = RedrawingDisabled;
5404 			    RedrawingDisabled = 0;
5405 
5406 			    if (new_start != NULL)
5407 			    {
5408 				/* There already was a substitution, we would
5409 				 * like to show this to the user.  We cannot
5410 				 * really update the line, it would change
5411 				 * what matches.  Temporarily replace the line
5412 				 * and change it back afterwards. */
5413 				orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum));
5414 				if (orig_line != NULL)
5415 				{
5416 				    char_u *new_line = concat_str(new_start,
5417 						     sub_firstline + copycol);
5418 
5419 				    if (new_line == NULL)
5420 					VIM_CLEAR(orig_line);
5421 				    else
5422 				    {
5423 					/* Position the cursor relative to the
5424 					 * end of the line, the previous
5425 					 * substitute may have inserted or
5426 					 * deleted characters before the
5427 					 * cursor. */
5428 					len_change = (int)STRLEN(new_line)
5429 						     - (int)STRLEN(orig_line);
5430 					curwin->w_cursor.col += len_change;
5431 					ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE);
5432 				    }
5433 				}
5434 			    }
5435 
5436 			    search_match_lines = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum
5437 						  - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5438 			    search_match_endcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col
5439 								 + len_change;
5440 			    highlight_match = TRUE;
5441 
5442 			    update_topline();
5443 			    validate_cursor();
5444 			    update_screen(SOME_VALID);
5445 			    highlight_match = FALSE;
5446 			    redraw_later(SOME_VALID);
5447 
5448 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5449 			    curwin->w_p_fen = save_p_fen;
5450 #endif
5451 			    if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
5452 				msg_didout = FALSE;	/* avoid a scroll-up */
5453 			    msg_starthere();
5454 			    i = msg_scroll;
5455 			    msg_scroll = 0;		/* truncate msg when
5456 							   needed */
5457 			    msg_no_more = TRUE;
5458 			    /* write message same highlighting as for
5459 			     * wait_return */
5460 			    smsg_attr(HL_ATTR(HLF_R),
5461 				    (char_u *)_("replace with %s (y/n/a/q/l/^E/^Y)?"), sub);
5462 			    msg_no_more = FALSE;
5463 			    msg_scroll = i;
5464 			    showruler(TRUE);
5465 			    windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
5466 			    RedrawingDisabled = temp;
5467 
5468 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5469 			    dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
5470 #endif
5471 			    ++no_mapping;	/* don't map this key */
5472 			    ++allow_keys;	/* allow special keys */
5473 			    typed = plain_vgetc();
5474 			    --allow_keys;
5475 			    --no_mapping;
5476 
5477 			    /* clear the question */
5478 			    msg_didout = FALSE;	/* don't scroll up */
5479 			    msg_col = 0;
5480 			    gotocmdline(TRUE);
5481 
5482 			    /* restore the line */
5483 			    if (orig_line != NULL)
5484 				ml_replace(lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
5485 			}
5486 
5487 			need_wait_return = FALSE; /* no hit-return prompt */
5488 			if (typed == 'q' || typed == ESC || typed == Ctrl_C
5489 #ifdef UNIX
5490 				|| typed == intr_char
5491 #endif
5492 				)
5493 			{
5494 			    got_quit = TRUE;
5495 			    break;
5496 			}
5497 			if (typed == 'n')
5498 			    break;
5499 			if (typed == 'y')
5500 			    break;
5501 			if (typed == 'l')
5502 			{
5503 			    /* last: replace and then stop */
5504 			    subflags.do_all = FALSE;
5505 			    line2 = lnum;
5506 			    break;
5507 			}
5508 			if (typed == 'a')
5509 			{
5510 			    subflags.do_ask = FALSE;
5511 			    break;
5512 			}
5513 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
5514 			if (typed == Ctrl_E)
5515 			    scrollup_clamp();
5516 			else if (typed == Ctrl_Y)
5517 			    scrolldown_clamp();
5518 #endif
5519 		    }
5520 		    State = save_State;
5521 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
5522 		    setmouse();
5523 #endif
5524 		    if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL)
5525 			--no_u_sync;
5526 
5527 		    if (typed == 'n')
5528 		    {
5529 			/* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at
5530 			 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that
5531 			 * we continue looking for a match on the next line.
5532 			 * Avoids that ":%s/\nB\@=//gc" and ":%s/\n/,\r/gc"
5533 			 * get stuck when pressing 'n'. */
5534 			if (nmatch > 1)
5535 			{
5536 			    matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline);
5537 			    skip_match = TRUE;
5538 			}
5539 			goto skip;
5540 		    }
5541 		    if (got_quit)
5542 			goto skip;
5543 		}
5544 
5545 		/* Move the cursor to the start of the match, so that we can
5546 		 * use "\=col("."). */
5547 		curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col;
5548 
5549 		/*
5550 		 * 3. substitute the string.
5551 		 */
5552 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5553 		if (subflags.do_count)
5554 		{
5555 		    /* prevent accidentally changing the buffer by a function */
5556 		    save_ma = curbuf->b_p_ma;
5557 		    curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE;
5558 		    sandbox++;
5559 		}
5560 		/* Save flags for recursion.  They can change for e.g.
5561 		 * :s/^/\=execute("s#^##gn") */
5562 		subflags_save = subflags;
5563 #endif
5564 		/* get length of substitution part */
5565 		sublen = vim_regsub_multi(&regmatch,
5566 				    sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum,
5567 				    sub, sub_firstline, FALSE, p_magic, TRUE);
5568 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5569 		/* Don't keep flags set by a recursive call. */
5570 		subflags = subflags_save;
5571 		if (subflags.do_count)
5572 		{
5573 		    curbuf->b_p_ma = save_ma;
5574 		    if (sandbox > 0)
5575 			sandbox--;
5576 		    goto skip;
5577 		}
5578 #endif
5579 
5580 		/* When the match included the "$" of the last line it may
5581 		 * go beyond the last line of the buffer. */
5582 		if (nmatch > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1)
5583 		{
5584 		    nmatch = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1;
5585 		    skip_match = TRUE;
5586 		}
5587 
5588 		/* Need room for:
5589 		 * - result so far in new_start (not for first sub in line)
5590 		 * - original text up to match
5591 		 * - length of substituted part
5592 		 * - original text after match
5593 		 */
5594 		if (nmatch == 1)
5595 		    p1 = sub_firstline;
5596 		else
5597 		{
5598 		    p1 = ml_get(sub_firstlnum + nmatch - 1);
5599 		    nmatch_tl += nmatch - 1;
5600 		}
5601 		copy_len = regmatch.startpos[0].col - copycol;
5602 		needed_len = copy_len + ((unsigned)STRLEN(p1)
5603 				       - regmatch.endpos[0].col) + sublen + 1;
5604 		if (new_start == NULL)
5605 		{
5606 		    /*
5607 		     * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the
5608 		     * substitution into (and some extra space to avoid
5609 		     * too many calls to alloc()/free()).
5610 		     */
5611 		    new_start_len = needed_len + 50;
5612 		    if ((new_start = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL)
5613 			goto outofmem;
5614 		    *new_start = NUL;
5615 		    new_end = new_start;
5616 		}
5617 		else
5618 		{
5619 		    /*
5620 		     * Check if the temporary buffer is long enough to do the
5621 		     * substitution into.  If not, make it larger (with a bit
5622 		     * extra to avoid too many calls to alloc()/free()).
5623 		     */
5624 		    len = (unsigned)STRLEN(new_start);
5625 		    needed_len += len;
5626 		    if (needed_len > (int)new_start_len)
5627 		    {
5628 			new_start_len = needed_len + 50;
5629 			if ((p1 = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL)
5630 			{
5631 			    vim_free(new_start);
5632 			    goto outofmem;
5633 			}
5634 			mch_memmove(p1, new_start, (size_t)(len + 1));
5635 			vim_free(new_start);
5636 			new_start = p1;
5637 		    }
5638 		    new_end = new_start + len;
5639 		}
5640 
5641 		/*
5642 		 * copy the text up to the part that matched
5643 		 */
5644 		mch_memmove(new_end, sub_firstline + copycol, (size_t)copy_len);
5645 		new_end += copy_len;
5646 
5647 		(void)vim_regsub_multi(&regmatch,
5648 				    sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum,
5649 					   sub, new_end, TRUE, p_magic, TRUE);
5650 		sub_nsubs++;
5651 		did_sub = TRUE;
5652 
5653 		/* Move the cursor to the start of the line, to avoid that it
5654 		 * is beyond the end of the line after the substitution. */
5655 		curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5656 
5657 		/* For a multi-line match, make a copy of the last matched
5658 		 * line and continue in that one. */
5659 		if (nmatch > 1)
5660 		{
5661 		    sub_firstlnum += nmatch - 1;
5662 		    vim_free(sub_firstline);
5663 		    sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum));
5664 		    /* When going beyond the last line, stop substituting. */
5665 		    if (sub_firstlnum <= line2)
5666 			do_again = TRUE;
5667 		    else
5668 			subflags.do_all = FALSE;
5669 		}
5670 
5671 		/* Remember next character to be copied. */
5672 		copycol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
5673 
5674 		if (skip_match)
5675 		{
5676 		    /* Already hit end of the buffer, sub_firstlnum is one
5677 		     * less than what it ought to be. */
5678 		    vim_free(sub_firstline);
5679 		    sub_firstline = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
5680 		    copycol = 0;
5681 		}
5682 
5683 		/*
5684 		 * Now the trick is to replace CTRL-M chars with a real line
5685 		 * break.  This would make it impossible to insert a CTRL-M in
5686 		 * the text.  The line break can be avoided by preceding the
5687 		 * CTRL-M with a backslash.  To be able to insert a backslash,
5688 		 * they must be doubled in the string and are halved here.
5689 		 * That is Vi compatible.
5690 		 */
5691 		for (p1 = new_end; *p1; ++p1)
5692 		{
5693 		    if (p1[0] == '\\' && p1[1] != NUL)  /* remove backslash */
5694 			STRMOVE(p1, p1 + 1);
5695 		    else if (*p1 == CAR)
5696 		    {
5697 			if (u_inssub(lnum) == OK)   /* prepare for undo */
5698 			{
5699 			    *p1 = NUL;		    /* truncate up to the CR */
5700 			    ml_append(lnum - 1, new_start,
5701 					(colnr_T)(p1 - new_start + 1), FALSE);
5702 			    mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
5703 			    if (subflags.do_ask)
5704 				appended_lines(lnum - 1, 1L);
5705 			    else
5706 			    {
5707 				if (first_line == 0)
5708 				    first_line = lnum;
5709 				last_line = lnum + 1;
5710 			    }
5711 			    /* All line numbers increase. */
5712 			    ++sub_firstlnum;
5713 			    ++lnum;
5714 			    ++line2;
5715 			    /* move the cursor to the new line, like Vi */
5716 			    ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5717 			    /* copy the rest */
5718 			    STRMOVE(new_start, p1 + 1);
5719 			    p1 = new_start - 1;
5720 			}
5721 		    }
5722 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5723 		    else if (has_mbyte)
5724 			p1 += (*mb_ptr2len)(p1) - 1;
5725 #endif
5726 		}
5727 
5728 		/*
5729 		 * 4. If do_all is set, find next match.
5730 		 * Prevent endless loop with patterns that match empty
5731 		 * strings, e.g. :s/$/pat/g or :s/[a-z]* /(&)/g.
5732 		 * But ":s/\n/#/" is OK.
5733 		 */
5734 skip:
5735 		/* We already know that we did the last subst when we are at
5736 		 * the end of the line, except that a pattern like
5737 		 * "bar\|\nfoo" may match at the NUL.  "lnum" can be below
5738 		 * "line2" when there is a \zs in the pattern after a line
5739 		 * break. */
5740 		lastone = (skip_match
5741 			|| got_int
5742 			|| got_quit
5743 			|| lnum > line2
5744 			|| !(subflags.do_all || do_again)
5745 			|| (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL && nmatch <= 1
5746 					 && !re_multiline(regmatch.regprog)));
5747 		nmatch = -1;
5748 
5749 		/*
5750 		 * Replace the line in the buffer when needed.  This is
5751 		 * skipped when there are more matches.
5752 		 * The check for nmatch_tl is needed for when multi-line
5753 		 * matching must replace the lines before trying to do another
5754 		 * match, otherwise "\@<=" won't work.
5755 		 * When the match starts below where we start searching also
5756 		 * need to replace the line first (using \zs after \n).
5757 		 */
5758 		if (lastone
5759 			|| nmatch_tl > 0
5760 			|| (nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin,
5761 							curbuf, sub_firstlnum,
5762 						    matchcol, NULL, NULL)) == 0
5763 			|| regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0)
5764 		{
5765 		    if (new_start != NULL)
5766 		    {
5767 			/*
5768 			 * Copy the rest of the line, that didn't match.
5769 			 * "matchcol" has to be adjusted, we use the end of
5770 			 * the line as reference, because the substitute may
5771 			 * have changed the number of characters.  Same for
5772 			 * "prev_matchcol".
5773 			 */
5774 			STRCAT(new_start, sub_firstline + copycol);
5775 			matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol;
5776 			prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline)
5777 							      - prev_matchcol;
5778 
5779 			if (u_savesub(lnum) != OK)
5780 			    break;
5781 			ml_replace(lnum, new_start, TRUE);
5782 
5783 			if (nmatch_tl > 0)
5784 			{
5785 			    /*
5786 			     * Matched lines have now been substituted and are
5787 			     * useless, delete them.  The part after the match
5788 			     * has been appended to new_start, we don't need
5789 			     * it in the buffer.
5790 			     */
5791 			    ++lnum;
5792 			    if (u_savedel(lnum, nmatch_tl) != OK)
5793 				break;
5794 			    for (i = 0; i < nmatch_tl; ++i)
5795 				ml_delete(lnum, (int)FALSE);
5796 			    mark_adjust(lnum, lnum + nmatch_tl - 1,
5797 						   (long)MAXLNUM, -nmatch_tl);
5798 			    if (subflags.do_ask)
5799 				deleted_lines(lnum, nmatch_tl);
5800 			    --lnum;
5801 			    line2 -= nmatch_tl; /* nr of lines decreases */
5802 			    nmatch_tl = 0;
5803 			}
5804 
5805 			/* When asking, undo is saved each time, must also set
5806 			 * changed flag each time. */
5807 			if (subflags.do_ask)
5808 			    changed_bytes(lnum, 0);
5809 			else
5810 			{
5811 			    if (first_line == 0)
5812 				first_line = lnum;
5813 			    last_line = lnum + 1;
5814 			}
5815 
5816 			sub_firstlnum = lnum;
5817 			vim_free(sub_firstline);    /* free the temp buffer */
5818 			sub_firstline = new_start;
5819 			new_start = NULL;
5820 			matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol;
5821 			prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline)
5822 							      - prev_matchcol;
5823 			copycol = 0;
5824 		    }
5825 		    if (nmatch == -1 && !lastone)
5826 			nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf,
5827 					  sub_firstlnum, matchcol, NULL, NULL);
5828 
5829 		    /*
5830 		     * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line
5831 		     */
5832 		    if (nmatch <= 0)
5833 		    {
5834 			/* If the match found didn't start where we were
5835 			 * searching, do the next search in the line where we
5836 			 * found the match. */
5837 			if (nmatch == -1)
5838 			    lnum -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5839 			break;
5840 		    }
5841 		}
5842 
5843 		line_breakcheck();
5844 	    }
5845 
5846 	    if (did_sub)
5847 		++sub_nlines;
5848 	    vim_free(new_start);	/* for when substitute was cancelled */
5849 	    VIM_CLEAR(sub_firstline);	/* free the copy of the original line */
5850 	}
5851 
5852 	line_breakcheck();
5853     }
5854 
5855     if (first_line != 0)
5856     {
5857 	/* Need to subtract the number of added lines from "last_line" to get
5858 	 * the line number before the change (same as adding the number of
5859 	 * deleted lines). */
5860 	i = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count;
5861 	changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line - i, i);
5862     }
5863 
5864 outofmem:
5865     vim_free(sub_firstline); /* may have to free allocated copy of the line */
5866 
5867     /* ":s/pat//n" doesn't move the cursor */
5868     if (subflags.do_count)
5869 	curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
5870 
5871     if (sub_nsubs > start_nsubs)
5872     {
5873 	/* Set the '[ and '] marks. */
5874 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = eap->line1;
5875 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2;
5876 	curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
5877 
5878 	if (!global_busy)
5879 	{
5880 	    /* when interactive leave cursor on the match */
5881 	    if (!subflags.do_ask)
5882 	    {
5883 		if (endcolumn)
5884 		    coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
5885 		else
5886 		    beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
5887 	    }
5888 	    if (!do_sub_msg(subflags.do_count) && subflags.do_ask)
5889 		MSG("");
5890 	}
5891 	else
5892 	    global_need_beginline = TRUE;
5893 	if (subflags.do_print)
5894 	    print_line(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
5895 					 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list);
5896     }
5897     else if (!global_busy)
5898     {
5899 	if (got_int)		/* interrupted */
5900 	    EMSG(_(e_interr));
5901 	else if (got_match)	/* did find something but nothing substituted */
5902 	    MSG("");
5903 	else if (subflags.do_error)	/* nothing found */
5904 	    EMSG2(_(e_patnotf2), get_search_pat());
5905     }
5906 
5907 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5908     if (subflags.do_ask && hasAnyFolding(curwin))
5909 	/* Cursor position may require updating */
5910 	changed_window_setting();
5911 #endif
5912 
5913     vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
5914 
5915     /* Restore the flag values, they can be used for ":&&". */
5916     subflags.do_all = save_do_all;
5917     subflags.do_ask = save_do_ask;
5918 }
5919 
5920 /*
5921  * Give message for number of substitutions.
5922  * Can also be used after a ":global" command.
5923  * Return TRUE if a message was given.
5924  */
5925     int
5926 do_sub_msg(
5927     int	    count_only)		/* used 'n' flag for ":s" */
5928 {
5929     /*
5930      * Only report substitutions when:
5931      * - more than 'report' substitutions
5932      * - command was typed by user, or number of changed lines > 'report'
5933      * - giving messages is not disabled by 'lazyredraw'
5934      */
5935     if (((sub_nsubs > p_report && (KeyTyped || sub_nlines > 1 || p_report < 1))
5936 		|| count_only)
5937 	    && messaging())
5938     {
5939 	char	*msg_single;
5940 	char	*msg_plural;
5941 
5942 	if (got_int)
5943 	    STRCPY(msg_buf, _("(Interrupted) "));
5944 	else
5945 	    *msg_buf = NUL;
5946 
5947 	msg_single = count_only
5948 		    ? NGETTEXT("%ld match on %ld line",
5949 					  "%ld matches on %ld line", sub_nsubs)
5950 		    : NGETTEXT("%ld substitution on %ld line",
5951 				   "%ld substitutions on %ld line", sub_nsubs);
5952 	msg_plural = count_only
5953 		    ? NGETTEXT("%ld match on %ld lines",
5954 					 "%ld matches on %ld lines", sub_nsubs)
5955 		    : NGETTEXT("%ld substitution on %ld lines",
5956 				  "%ld substitutions on %ld lines", sub_nsubs);
5957 
5958 	vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf),
5959 				 NGETTEXT(msg_single, msg_plural, sub_nlines),
5960 				 sub_nsubs, (long)sub_nlines);
5961 
5962 	if (msg(msg_buf))
5963 	    /* save message to display it after redraw */
5964 	    set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
5965 	return TRUE;
5966     }
5967     if (got_int)
5968     {
5969 	EMSG(_(e_interr));
5970 	return TRUE;
5971     }
5972     return FALSE;
5973 }
5974 
5975     static void
5976 global_exe_one(char_u *cmd, linenr_T lnum)
5977 {
5978     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5979     curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5980     if (*cmd == NUL || *cmd == '\n')
5981 	do_cmdline((char_u *)"p", NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT);
5982     else
5983 	do_cmdline(cmd, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT);
5984 }
5985 
5986 /*
5987  * Execute a global command of the form:
5988  *
5989  * g/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern matches
5990  * v/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern does not match
5991  *
5992  * where 'X' is an EX command
5993  *
5994  * The command character (as well as the trailing slash) is optional, and
5995  * is assumed to be 'p' if missing.
5996  *
5997  * This is implemented in two passes: first we scan the file for the pattern and
5998  * set a mark for each line that (not) matches. Secondly we execute the command
5999  * for each line that has a mark. This is required because after deleting
6000  * lines we do not know where to search for the next match.
6001  */
6002     void
6003 ex_global(exarg_T *eap)
6004 {
6005     linenr_T	lnum;		/* line number according to old situation */
6006     int		ndone = 0;
6007     int		type;		/* first char of cmd: 'v' or 'g' */
6008     char_u	*cmd;		/* command argument */
6009 
6010     char_u	delim;		/* delimiter, normally '/' */
6011     char_u	*pat;
6012     regmmatch_T	regmatch;
6013     int		match;
6014     int		which_pat;
6015 
6016     /* When nesting the command works on one line.  This allows for
6017      * ":g/found/v/notfound/command". */
6018     if (global_busy && (eap->line1 != 1
6019 				  || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count))
6020     {
6021 	/* will increment global_busy to break out of the loop */
6022 	EMSG(_("E147: Cannot do :global recursive with a range"));
6023 	return;
6024     }
6025 
6026     if (eap->forceit)		    /* ":global!" is like ":vglobal" */
6027 	type = 'v';
6028     else
6029 	type = *eap->cmd;
6030     cmd = eap->arg;
6031     which_pat = RE_LAST;	    /* default: use last used regexp */
6032 
6033     /*
6034      * undocumented vi feature:
6035      *	"\/" and "\?": use previous search pattern.
6036      *		 "\&": use previous substitute pattern.
6037      */
6038     if (*cmd == '\\')
6039     {
6040 	++cmd;
6041 	if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL)
6042 	{
6043 	    EMSG(_(e_backslash));
6044 	    return;
6045 	}
6046 	if (*cmd == '&')
6047 	    which_pat = RE_SUBST;	/* use previous substitute pattern */
6048 	else
6049 	    which_pat = RE_SEARCH;	/* use previous search pattern */
6050 	++cmd;
6051 	pat = (char_u *)"";
6052     }
6053     else if (*cmd == NUL)
6054     {
6055 	EMSG(_("E148: Regular expression missing from global"));
6056 	return;
6057     }
6058     else
6059     {
6060 	delim = *cmd;		/* get the delimiter */
6061 	if (delim)
6062 	    ++cmd;		/* skip delimiter if there is one */
6063 	pat = cmd;		/* remember start of pattern */
6064 	cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delim, p_magic, &eap->arg);
6065 	if (cmd[0] == delim)		    /* end delimiter found */
6066 	    *cmd++ = NUL;		    /* replace it with a NUL */
6067     }
6068 
6069 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP	/* when in Farsi mode, reverse the character flow */
6070     if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl)
6071 	lrFswap(pat,0);
6072 #endif
6073 
6074     if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_BOTH, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, &regmatch) == FAIL)
6075     {
6076 	EMSG(_(e_invcmd));
6077 	return;
6078     }
6079 
6080     if (global_busy)
6081     {
6082 	lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6083 	match = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
6084 						       (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL);
6085 	if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match))
6086 	    global_exe_one(cmd, lnum);
6087     }
6088     else
6089     {
6090 	/*
6091 	 * pass 1: set marks for each (not) matching line
6092 	 */
6093 	for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2 && !got_int; ++lnum)
6094 	{
6095 	    /* a match on this line? */
6096 	    match = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
6097 						       (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL);
6098 	    if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match))
6099 	    {
6100 		ml_setmarked(lnum);
6101 		ndone++;
6102 	    }
6103 	    line_breakcheck();
6104 	}
6105 
6106 	/*
6107 	 * pass 2: execute the command for each line that has been marked
6108 	 */
6109 	if (got_int)
6110 	    MSG(_(e_interr));
6111 	else if (ndone == 0)
6112 	{
6113 	    if (type == 'v')
6114 		smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern found in every line: %s"), pat);
6115 	    else
6116 		smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern not found: %s"), pat);
6117 	}
6118 	else
6119 	{
6120 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
6121 	    start_global_changes();
6122 #endif
6123 	    global_exe(cmd);
6124 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
6125 	    end_global_changes();
6126 #endif
6127 	}
6128 
6129 	ml_clearmarked();	   /* clear rest of the marks */
6130     }
6131 
6132     vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
6133 }
6134 
6135 /*
6136  * Execute "cmd" on lines marked with ml_setmarked().
6137  */
6138     void
6139 global_exe(char_u *cmd)
6140 {
6141     linenr_T old_lcount;	/* b_ml.ml_line_count before the command */
6142     buf_T    *old_buf = curbuf;	/* remember what buffer we started in */
6143     linenr_T lnum;		/* line number according to old situation */
6144 
6145     /*
6146      * Set current position only once for a global command.
6147      * If global_busy is set, setpcmark() will not do anything.
6148      * If there is an error, global_busy will be incremented.
6149      */
6150     setpcmark();
6151 
6152     /* When the command writes a message, don't overwrite the command. */
6153     msg_didout = TRUE;
6154 
6155     sub_nsubs = 0;
6156     sub_nlines = 0;
6157     global_need_beginline = FALSE;
6158     global_busy = 1;
6159     old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6160     while (!got_int && (lnum = ml_firstmarked()) != 0 && global_busy == 1)
6161     {
6162 	global_exe_one(cmd, lnum);
6163 	ui_breakcheck();
6164     }
6165 
6166     global_busy = 0;
6167     if (global_need_beginline)
6168 	beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
6169     else
6170 	check_cursor();	/* cursor may be beyond the end of the line */
6171 
6172     /* the cursor may not have moved in the text but a change in a previous
6173      * line may move it on the screen */
6174     changed_line_abv_curs();
6175 
6176     /* If it looks like no message was written, allow overwriting the
6177      * command with the report for number of changes. */
6178     if (msg_col == 0 && msg_scrolled == 0)
6179 	msg_didout = FALSE;
6180 
6181     /* If substitutes done, report number of substitutes, otherwise report
6182      * number of extra or deleted lines.
6183      * Don't report extra or deleted lines in the edge case where the buffer
6184      * we are in after execution is different from the buffer we started in. */
6185     if (!do_sub_msg(FALSE) && curbuf == old_buf)
6186 	msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount);
6187 }
6188 
6189 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO
6190     int
6191 read_viminfo_sub_string(vir_T *virp, int force)
6192 {
6193     if (force)
6194 	vim_free(old_sub);
6195     if (force || old_sub == NULL)
6196 	old_sub = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE);
6197     return viminfo_readline(virp);
6198 }
6199 
6200     void
6201 write_viminfo_sub_string(FILE *fp)
6202 {
6203     if (get_viminfo_parameter('/') != 0 && old_sub != NULL)
6204     {
6205 	fputs(_("\n# Last Substitute String:\n$"), fp);
6206 	viminfo_writestring(fp, old_sub);
6207     }
6208 }
6209 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */
6210 
6211 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
6212     void
6213 free_old_sub(void)
6214 {
6215     vim_free(old_sub);
6216 }
6217 #endif
6218 
6219 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) || defined(PROTO)
6220 /*
6221  * Set up for a tagpreview.
6222  * Return TRUE when it was created.
6223  */
6224     int
6225 prepare_tagpreview(
6226     int		undo_sync)	/* sync undo when leaving the window */
6227 {
6228     win_T	*wp;
6229 
6230 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6231     need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
6232 # endif
6233 
6234     /*
6235      * If there is already a preview window open, use that one.
6236      */
6237     if (!curwin->w_p_pvw)
6238     {
6239 	FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
6240 	    if (wp->w_p_pvw)
6241 		break;
6242 	if (wp != NULL)
6243 	    win_enter(wp, undo_sync);
6244 	else
6245 	{
6246 	    /*
6247 	     * There is no preview window open yet.  Create one.
6248 	     */
6249 	    if (win_split(g_do_tagpreview > 0 ? g_do_tagpreview : 0, 0)
6250 								      == FAIL)
6251 		return FALSE;
6252 	    curwin->w_p_pvw = TRUE;
6253 	    curwin->w_p_wfh = TRUE;
6254 	    RESET_BINDING(curwin);	    /* don't take over 'scrollbind'
6255 					       and 'cursorbind' */
6256 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6257 	    curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE;	    /* no 'diff' */
6258 # endif
6259 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6260 	    curwin->w_p_fdc = 0;	    /* no 'foldcolumn' */
6261 # endif
6262 	    return TRUE;
6263 	}
6264     }
6265     return FALSE;
6266 }
6267 
6268 #endif
6269 
6270 
6271 /*
6272  * ":help": open a read-only window on a help file
6273  */
6274     void
6275 ex_help(exarg_T *eap)
6276 {
6277     char_u	*arg;
6278     char_u	*tag;
6279     FILE	*helpfd;	/* file descriptor of help file */
6280     int		n;
6281     int		i;
6282     win_T	*wp;
6283     int		num_matches;
6284     char_u	**matches;
6285     char_u	*p;
6286     int		empty_fnum = 0;
6287     int		alt_fnum = 0;
6288     buf_T	*buf;
6289 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6290     int		len;
6291     char_u	*lang;
6292 #endif
6293 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6294     int		old_KeyTyped = KeyTyped;
6295 #endif
6296 
6297     if (eap != NULL)
6298     {
6299 	/*
6300 	 * A ":help" command ends at the first LF, or at a '|' that is
6301 	 * followed by some text.  Set nextcmd to the following command.
6302 	 */
6303 	for (arg = eap->arg; *arg; ++arg)
6304 	{
6305 	    if (*arg == '\n' || *arg == '\r'
6306 		    || (*arg == '|' && arg[1] != NUL && arg[1] != '|'))
6307 	    {
6308 		*arg++ = NUL;
6309 		eap->nextcmd = arg;
6310 		break;
6311 	    }
6312 	}
6313 	arg = eap->arg;
6314 
6315 	if (eap->forceit && *arg == NUL && !curbuf->b_help)
6316 	{
6317 	    EMSG(_("E478: Don't panic!"));
6318 	    return;
6319 	}
6320 
6321 	if (eap->skip)	    /* not executing commands */
6322 	    return;
6323     }
6324     else
6325 	arg = (char_u *)"";
6326 
6327     /* remove trailing blanks */
6328     p = arg + STRLEN(arg) - 1;
6329     while (p > arg && VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && p[-1] != '\\')
6330 	*p-- = NUL;
6331 
6332 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6333     /* Check for a specified language */
6334     lang = check_help_lang(arg);
6335 #endif
6336 
6337     /* When no argument given go to the index. */
6338     if (*arg == NUL)
6339 	arg = (char_u *)"help.txt";
6340 
6341     /*
6342      * Check if there is a match for the argument.
6343      */
6344     n = find_help_tags(arg, &num_matches, &matches,
6345 						 eap != NULL && eap->forceit);
6346 
6347     i = 0;
6348 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6349     if (n != FAIL && lang != NULL)
6350 	/* Find first item with the requested language. */
6351 	for (i = 0; i < num_matches; ++i)
6352 	{
6353 	    len = (int)STRLEN(matches[i]);
6354 	    if (len > 3 && matches[i][len - 3] == '@'
6355 				  && STRICMP(matches[i] + len - 2, lang) == 0)
6356 		break;
6357 	}
6358 #endif
6359     if (i >= num_matches || n == FAIL)
6360     {
6361 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6362 	if (lang != NULL)
6363 	    EMSG3(_("E661: Sorry, no '%s' help for %s"), lang, arg);
6364 	else
6365 #endif
6366 	    EMSG2(_("E149: Sorry, no help for %s"), arg);
6367 	if (n != FAIL)
6368 	    FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
6369 	return;
6370     }
6371 
6372     /* The first match (in the requested language) is the best match. */
6373     tag = vim_strsave(matches[i]);
6374     FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
6375 
6376 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6377     need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
6378 #endif
6379 
6380     /*
6381      * Re-use an existing help window or open a new one.
6382      * Always open a new one for ":tab help".
6383      */
6384     if (!bt_help(curwin->w_buffer) || cmdmod.tab != 0)
6385     {
6386 	if (cmdmod.tab != 0)
6387 	    wp = NULL;
6388 	else
6389 	    FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
6390 		if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer))
6391 		    break;
6392 	if (wp != NULL && wp->w_buffer->b_nwindows > 0)
6393 	    win_enter(wp, TRUE);
6394 	else
6395 	{
6396 	    /*
6397 	     * There is no help window yet.
6398 	     * Try to open the file specified by the "helpfile" option.
6399 	     */
6400 	    if ((helpfd = mch_fopen((char *)p_hf, READBIN)) == NULL)
6401 	    {
6402 		smsg((char_u *)_("Sorry, help file \"%s\" not found"), p_hf);
6403 		goto erret;
6404 	    }
6405 	    fclose(helpfd);
6406 
6407 	    /* Split off help window; put it at far top if no position
6408 	     * specified, the current window is vertically split and
6409 	     * narrow. */
6410 	    n = WSP_HELP;
6411 	    if (cmdmod.split == 0 && curwin->w_width != Columns
6412 						  && curwin->w_width < 80)
6413 		n |= WSP_TOP;
6414 	    if (win_split(0, n) == FAIL)
6415 		goto erret;
6416 
6417 	    if (curwin->w_height < p_hh)
6418 		win_setheight((int)p_hh);
6419 
6420 	    /*
6421 	     * Open help file (do_ecmd() will set b_help flag, readfile() will
6422 	     * set b_p_ro flag).
6423 	     * Set the alternate file to the previously edited file.
6424 	     */
6425 	    alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum;
6426 	    (void)do_ecmd(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, ECMD_LASTL,
6427 			  ECMD_HIDE + ECMD_SET_HELP,
6428 			  NULL);  /* buffer is still open, don't store info */
6429 	    if (!cmdmod.keepalt)
6430 		curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum;
6431 	    empty_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum;
6432 	}
6433     }
6434 
6435     if (!p_im)
6436 	restart_edit = 0;	    /* don't want insert mode in help file */
6437 
6438 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6439     /* Restore KeyTyped, setting 'filetype=help' may reset it.
6440      * It is needed for do_tag top open folds under the cursor. */
6441     KeyTyped = old_KeyTyped;
6442 #endif
6443 
6444     if (tag != NULL)
6445 	do_tag(tag, DT_HELP, 1, FALSE, TRUE);
6446 
6447     /* Delete the empty buffer if we're not using it.  Careful: autocommands
6448      * may have jumped to another window, check that the buffer is not in a
6449      * window. */
6450     if (empty_fnum != 0 && curbuf->b_fnum != empty_fnum)
6451     {
6452 	buf = buflist_findnr(empty_fnum);
6453 	if (buf != NULL && buf->b_nwindows == 0)
6454 	    wipe_buffer(buf, TRUE);
6455     }
6456 
6457     /* keep the previous alternate file */
6458     if (alt_fnum != 0 && curwin->w_alt_fnum == empty_fnum && !cmdmod.keepalt)
6459 	curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum;
6460 
6461 erret:
6462     vim_free(tag);
6463 }
6464 
6465 /*
6466  * ":helpclose": Close one help window
6467  */
6468     void
6469 ex_helpclose(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
6470 {
6471     win_T *win;
6472 
6473     FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(win)
6474     {
6475 	if (bt_help(win->w_buffer))
6476 	{
6477 	    win_close(win, FALSE);
6478 	    return;
6479 	}
6480     }
6481 }
6482 
6483 #if defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG) || defined(PROTO)
6484 /*
6485  * In an argument search for a language specifiers in the form "@xx".
6486  * Changes the "@" to NUL if found, and returns a pointer to "xx".
6487  * Returns NULL if not found.
6488  */
6489     char_u *
6490 check_help_lang(char_u *arg)
6491 {
6492     int len = (int)STRLEN(arg);
6493 
6494     if (len >= 3 && arg[len - 3] == '@' && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 2])
6495 					       && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 1]))
6496     {
6497 	arg[len - 3] = NUL;		/* remove the '@' */
6498 	return arg + len - 2;
6499     }
6500     return NULL;
6501 }
6502 #endif
6503 
6504 /*
6505  * Return a heuristic indicating how well the given string matches.  The
6506  * smaller the number, the better the match.  This is the order of priorities,
6507  * from best match to worst match:
6508  *	- Match with least alpha-numeric characters is better.
6509  *	- Match with least total characters is better.
6510  *	- Match towards the start is better.
6511  *	- Match starting with "+" is worse (feature instead of command)
6512  * Assumption is made that the matched_string passed has already been found to
6513  * match some string for which help is requested.  webb.
6514  */
6515     int
6516 help_heuristic(
6517     char_u	*matched_string,
6518     int		offset,			/* offset for match */
6519     int		wrong_case)		/* no matching case */
6520 {
6521     int		num_letters;
6522     char_u	*p;
6523 
6524     num_letters = 0;
6525     for (p = matched_string; *p; p++)
6526 	if (ASCII_ISALNUM(*p))
6527 	    num_letters++;
6528 
6529     /*
6530      * Multiply the number of letters by 100 to give it a much bigger
6531      * weighting than the number of characters.
6532      * If there only is a match while ignoring case, add 5000.
6533      * If the match starts in the middle of a word, add 10000 to put it
6534      * somewhere in the last half.
6535      * If the match is more than 2 chars from the start, multiply by 200 to
6536      * put it after matches at the start.
6537      */
6538     if (ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset]) && offset > 0
6539 				 && ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset - 1]))
6540 	offset += 10000;
6541     else if (offset > 2)
6542 	offset *= 200;
6543     if (wrong_case)
6544 	offset += 5000;
6545     /* Features are less interesting than the subjects themselves, but "+"
6546      * alone is not a feature. */
6547     if (matched_string[0] == '+' && matched_string[1] != NUL)
6548 	offset += 100;
6549     return (int)(100 * num_letters + STRLEN(matched_string) + offset);
6550 }
6551 
6552 /*
6553  * Compare functions for qsort() below, that checks the help heuristics number
6554  * that has been put after the tagname by find_tags().
6555  */
6556     static int
6557 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
6558 _RTLENTRYF
6559 #endif
6560 help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2)
6561 {
6562     char    *p1;
6563     char    *p2;
6564 
6565     p1 = *(char **)s1 + strlen(*(char **)s1) + 1;
6566     p2 = *(char **)s2 + strlen(*(char **)s2) + 1;
6567     return strcmp(p1, p2);
6568 }
6569 
6570 /*
6571  * Find all help tags matching "arg", sort them and return in matches[], with
6572  * the number of matches in num_matches.
6573  * The matches will be sorted with a "best" match algorithm.
6574  * When "keep_lang" is TRUE try keeping the language of the current buffer.
6575  */
6576     int
6577 find_help_tags(
6578     char_u	*arg,
6579     int		*num_matches,
6580     char_u	***matches,
6581     int		keep_lang)
6582 {
6583     char_u	*s, *d;
6584     int		i;
6585     static char *(mtable[]) = {"*", "g*", "[*", "]*", ":*",
6586 			       "/*", "/\\*", "\"*", "**",
6587 			       "cpo-*", "/\\(\\)", "/\\%(\\)",
6588 			       "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??",
6589 			       "-?", "q?", "v_g?",
6590 			       "/\\?", "/\\z(\\)", "\\=", ":s\\=",
6591 			       "[count]", "[quotex]",
6592 			       "[range]", ":[range]",
6593 			       "[pattern]", "\\|", "\\%$",
6594 			       "s/\\~", "s/\\U", "s/\\L",
6595 			       "s/\\1", "s/\\2", "s/\\3", "s/\\9"};
6596     static char *(rtable[]) = {"star", "gstar", "[star", "]star", ":star",
6597 			       "/star", "/\\\\star", "quotestar", "starstar",
6598 			       "cpo-star", "/\\\\(\\\\)", "/\\\\%(\\\\)",
6599 			       "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??",
6600 			       "-?", "q?", "v_g?",
6601 			       "/\\\\?", "/\\\\z(\\\\)", "\\\\=", ":s\\\\=",
6602 			       "\\[count]", "\\[quotex]",
6603 			       "\\[range]", ":\\[range]",
6604 			       "\\[pattern]", "\\\\bar", "/\\\\%\\$",
6605 			       "s/\\\\\\~", "s/\\\\U", "s/\\\\L",
6606 			       "s/\\\\1", "s/\\\\2", "s/\\\\3", "s/\\\\9"};
6607     static char *(expr_table[]) = {"!=?", "!~?", "<=?", "<?", "==?", "=~?",
6608 				">=?", ">?", "is?", "isnot?"};
6609     int flags;
6610 
6611     d = IObuff;		    /* assume IObuff is long enough! */
6612 
6613     if (STRNICMP(arg, "expr-", 5) == 0)
6614     {
6615 	// When the string starting with "expr-" and containing '?' and matches
6616 	// the table, it is taken literally.  Otherwise '?' is recognized as a
6617 	// wildcard.
6618 	for (i = (int)(sizeof(expr_table) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
6619 	    if (STRCMP(arg + 5, expr_table[i]) == 0)
6620 	    {
6621 		STRCPY(d, arg);
6622 		break;
6623 	    }
6624     }
6625     else
6626     {
6627 	// Recognize a few exceptions to the rule.  Some strings that contain
6628 	// '*' with "star".  Otherwise '*' is recognized as a wildcard.
6629 	for (i = (int)(sizeof(mtable) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
6630 	    if (STRCMP(arg, mtable[i]) == 0)
6631 	    {
6632 		STRCPY(d, rtable[i]);
6633 		break;
6634 	    }
6635     }
6636 
6637     if (i < 0)	/* no match in table */
6638     {
6639 	/* Replace "\S" with "/\\S", etc.  Otherwise every tag is matched.
6640 	 * Also replace "\%^" and "\%(", they match every tag too.
6641 	 * Also "\zs", "\z1", etc.
6642 	 * Also "\@<", "\@=", "\@<=", etc.
6643 	 * And also "\_$" and "\_^". */
6644 	if (arg[0] == '\\'
6645 		&& ((arg[1] != NUL && arg[2] == NUL)
6646 		    || (vim_strchr((char_u *)"%_z@", arg[1]) != NULL
6647 							   && arg[2] != NUL)))
6648 	{
6649 	    STRCPY(d, "/\\\\");
6650 	    STRCPY(d + 3, arg + 1);
6651 	    /* Check for "/\\_$", should be "/\\_\$" */
6652 	    if (d[3] == '_' && d[4] == '$')
6653 		STRCPY(d + 4, "\\$");
6654 	}
6655 	else
6656 	{
6657 	  /* Replace:
6658 	   * "[:...:]" with "\[:...:]"
6659 	   * "[++...]" with "\[++...]"
6660 	   * "\{" with "\\{"		   -- matching "} \}"
6661 	   */
6662 	    if ((arg[0] == '[' && (arg[1] == ':'
6663 			 || (arg[1] == '+' && arg[2] == '+')))
6664 		    || (arg[0] == '\\' && arg[1] == '{'))
6665 	      *d++ = '\\';
6666 
6667 	  /*
6668 	   * If tag starts with "('", skip the "(". Fixes CTRL-] on ('option'.
6669 	   */
6670 	  if (*arg == '(' && arg[1] == '\'')
6671 	      arg++;
6672 	  for (s = arg; *s; ++s)
6673 	  {
6674 	    /*
6675 	     * Replace "|" with "bar" and '"' with "quote" to match the name of
6676 	     * the tags for these commands.
6677 	     * Replace "*" with ".*" and "?" with "." to match command line
6678 	     * completion.
6679 	     * Insert a backslash before '~', '$' and '.' to avoid their
6680 	     * special meaning.
6681 	     */
6682 	    if (d - IObuff > IOSIZE - 10)	/* getting too long!? */
6683 		break;
6684 	    switch (*s)
6685 	    {
6686 		case '|':   STRCPY(d, "bar");
6687 			    d += 3;
6688 			    continue;
6689 		case '"':   STRCPY(d, "quote");
6690 			    d += 5;
6691 			    continue;
6692 		case '*':   *d++ = '.';
6693 			    break;
6694 		case '?':   *d++ = '.';
6695 			    continue;
6696 		case '$':
6697 		case '.':
6698 		case '~':   *d++ = '\\';
6699 			    break;
6700 	    }
6701 
6702 	    /*
6703 	     * Replace "^x" by "CTRL-X". Don't do this for "^_" to make
6704 	     * ":help i_^_CTRL-D" work.
6705 	     * Insert '-' before and after "CTRL-X" when applicable.
6706 	     */
6707 	    if (*s < ' ' || (*s == '^' && s[1] && (ASCII_ISALPHA(s[1])
6708 			   || vim_strchr((char_u *)"?@[\\]^", s[1]) != NULL)))
6709 	    {
6710 		if (d > IObuff && d[-1] != '_' && d[-1] != '\\')
6711 		    *d++ = '_';		/* prepend a '_' to make x_CTRL-x */
6712 		STRCPY(d, "CTRL-");
6713 		d += 5;
6714 		if (*s < ' ')
6715 		{
6716 #ifdef EBCDIC
6717 		    *d++ = CtrlChar(*s);
6718 #else
6719 		    *d++ = *s + '@';
6720 #endif
6721 		    if (d[-1] == '\\')
6722 			*d++ = '\\';	/* double a backslash */
6723 		}
6724 		else
6725 		    *d++ = *++s;
6726 		if (s[1] != NUL && s[1] != '_')
6727 		    *d++ = '_';		/* append a '_' */
6728 		continue;
6729 	    }
6730 	    else if (*s == '^')		/* "^" or "CTRL-^" or "^_" */
6731 		*d++ = '\\';
6732 
6733 	    /*
6734 	     * Insert a backslash before a backslash after a slash, for search
6735 	     * pattern tags: "/\|" --> "/\\|".
6736 	     */
6737 	    else if (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != '\\'
6738 					       && *arg == '/' && s == arg + 1)
6739 		*d++ = '\\';
6740 
6741 	    /* "CTRL-\_" -> "CTRL-\\_" to avoid the special meaning of "\_" in
6742 	     * "CTRL-\_CTRL-N" */
6743 	    if (STRNICMP(s, "CTRL-\\_", 7) == 0)
6744 	    {
6745 		STRCPY(d, "CTRL-\\\\");
6746 		d += 7;
6747 		s += 6;
6748 	    }
6749 
6750 	    *d++ = *s;
6751 
6752 	    /*
6753 	     * If tag contains "({" or "([", tag terminates at the "(".
6754 	     * This is for help on functions, e.g.: abs({expr}).
6755 	     */
6756 	    if (*s == '(' && (s[1] == '{' || s[1] =='['))
6757 		break;
6758 
6759 	    /*
6760 	     * If tag starts with ', toss everything after a second '. Fixes
6761 	     * CTRL-] on 'option'. (would include the trailing '.').
6762 	     */
6763 	    if (*s == '\'' && s > arg && *arg == '\'')
6764 		break;
6765 	    /* Also '{' and '}'. */
6766 	    if (*s == '}' && s > arg && *arg == '{')
6767 		break;
6768 	  }
6769 	  *d = NUL;
6770 
6771 	  if (*IObuff == '`')
6772 	  {
6773 	      if (d > IObuff + 2 && d[-1] == '`')
6774 	      {
6775 		  /* remove the backticks from `command` */
6776 		  mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff));
6777 		  d[-2] = NUL;
6778 	      }
6779 	      else if (d > IObuff + 3 && d[-2] == '`' && d[-1] == ',')
6780 	      {
6781 		  /* remove the backticks and comma from `command`, */
6782 		  mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff));
6783 		  d[-3] = NUL;
6784 	      }
6785 	      else if (d > IObuff + 4 && d[-3] == '`'
6786 					     && d[-2] == '\\' && d[-1] == '.')
6787 	      {
6788 		  /* remove the backticks and dot from `command`\. */
6789 		  mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff));
6790 		  d[-4] = NUL;
6791 	      }
6792 	  }
6793 	}
6794     }
6795 
6796     *matches = (char_u **)"";
6797     *num_matches = 0;
6798     flags = TAG_HELP | TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_VERBOSE;
6799     if (keep_lang)
6800 	flags |= TAG_KEEP_LANG;
6801     if (find_tags(IObuff, num_matches, matches, flags, (int)MAXCOL, NULL) == OK
6802 	    && *num_matches > 0)
6803     {
6804 	/* Sort the matches found on the heuristic number that is after the
6805 	 * tag name. */
6806 	qsort((void *)*matches, (size_t)*num_matches,
6807 					      sizeof(char_u *), help_compare);
6808 	/* Delete more than TAG_MANY to reduce the size of the listing. */
6809 	while (*num_matches > TAG_MANY)
6810 	    vim_free((*matches)[--*num_matches]);
6811     }
6812     return OK;
6813 }
6814 
6815 /*
6816  * Called when starting to edit a buffer for a help file.
6817  */
6818     static void
6819 prepare_help_buffer(void)
6820 {
6821     char_u	*p;
6822 
6823     curbuf->b_help = TRUE;
6824 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
6825     set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"buftype", -1,
6826 				     (char_u *)"help", OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
6827 #endif
6828 
6829     /*
6830      * Always set these options after jumping to a help tag, because the
6831      * user may have an autocommand that gets in the way.
6832      * Accept all ASCII chars for keywords, except ' ', '*', '"', '|', and
6833      * latin1 word characters (for translated help files).
6834      * Only set it when needed, buf_init_chartab() is some work.
6835      */
6836     p =
6837 #ifdef EBCDIC
6838 	    (char_u *)"65-255,^*,^|,^\"";
6839 #else
6840 	    (char_u *)"!-~,^*,^|,^\",192-255";
6841 #endif
6842     if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_isk, p) != 0)
6843     {
6844 	set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"isk", -1, p, OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
6845 	check_buf_options(curbuf);
6846 	(void)buf_init_chartab(curbuf, FALSE);
6847     }
6848 
6849 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6850     /* Don't use the global foldmethod.*/
6851     set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"fdm", -1, (char_u *)"manual",
6852 						       OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
6853 #endif
6854 
6855     curbuf->b_p_ts = 8;		/* 'tabstop' is 8 */
6856     curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;	/* no list mode */
6857 
6858     curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE;		/* not modifiable */
6859     curbuf->b_p_bin = FALSE;	/* reset 'bin' before reading file */
6860     curwin->w_p_nu = 0;		/* no line numbers */
6861     curwin->w_p_rnu = 0;		/* no relative line numbers */
6862     RESET_BINDING(curwin);		/* no scroll or cursor binding */
6863 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6864     curwin->w_p_arab = FALSE;	/* no arabic mode */
6865 #endif
6866 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6867     curwin->w_p_rl  = FALSE;	/* help window is left-to-right */
6868 #endif
6869 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6870     curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE;	/* No folding in the help window */
6871 #endif
6872 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6873     curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE;	/* No 'diff' */
6874 #endif
6875 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6876     curwin->w_p_spell = FALSE;	/* No spell checking */
6877 #endif
6878 
6879     set_buflisted(FALSE);
6880 }
6881 
6882 /*
6883  * After reading a help file: May cleanup a help buffer when syntax
6884  * highlighting is not used.
6885  */
6886     void
6887 fix_help_buffer(void)
6888 {
6889     linenr_T	lnum;
6890     char_u	*line;
6891     int		in_example = FALSE;
6892     int		len;
6893     char_u	*fname;
6894     char_u	*p;
6895     char_u	*rt;
6896     int		mustfree;
6897 
6898     /* Set filetype to "help" if still needed. */
6899     if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_ft, "help") != 0)
6900     {
6901 	++curbuf_lock;
6902 	set_option_value((char_u *)"ft", 0L, (char_u *)"help", OPT_LOCAL);
6903 	--curbuf_lock;
6904     }
6905 
6906 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6907     if (!syntax_present(curwin))
6908 #endif
6909     {
6910 	for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum)
6911 	{
6912 	    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE);
6913 	    len = (int)STRLEN(line);
6914 	    if (in_example && len > 0 && !VIM_ISWHITE(line[0]))
6915 	    {
6916 		/* End of example: non-white or '<' in first column. */
6917 		if (line[0] == '<')
6918 		{
6919 		    /* blank-out a '<' in the first column */
6920 		    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE);
6921 		    line[0] = ' ';
6922 		}
6923 		in_example = FALSE;
6924 	    }
6925 	    if (!in_example && len > 0)
6926 	    {
6927 		if (line[len - 1] == '>' && (len == 1 || line[len - 2] == ' '))
6928 		{
6929 		    /* blank-out a '>' in the last column (start of example) */
6930 		    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE);
6931 		    line[len - 1] = ' ';
6932 		    in_example = TRUE;
6933 		}
6934 		else if (line[len - 1] == '~')
6935 		{
6936 		    /* blank-out a '~' at the end of line (header marker) */
6937 		    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE);
6938 		    line[len - 1] = ' ';
6939 		}
6940 	    }
6941 	}
6942     }
6943 
6944     /*
6945      * In the "help.txt" and "help.abx" file, add the locally added help
6946      * files.  This uses the very first line in the help file.
6947      */
6948     fname = gettail(curbuf->b_fname);
6949     if (fnamecmp(fname, "help.txt") == 0
6950 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6951 	|| (fnamencmp(fname, "help.", 5) == 0
6952 	    && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[5])
6953 	    && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[6])
6954 	    && TOLOWER_ASC(fname[7]) == 'x'
6955 	    && fname[8] == NUL)
6956 #endif
6957 	)
6958     {
6959 	for (lnum = 1; lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum)
6960 	{
6961 	    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE);
6962 	    if (strstr((char *)line, "*local-additions*") == NULL)
6963 		continue;
6964 
6965 	    /* Go through all directories in 'runtimepath', skipping
6966 	     * $VIMRUNTIME. */
6967 	    p = p_rtp;
6968 	    while (*p != NUL)
6969 	    {
6970 		copy_option_part(&p, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, ",");
6971 		mustfree = FALSE;
6972 		rt = vim_getenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", &mustfree);
6973 		if (rt != NULL && fullpathcmp(rt, NameBuff, FALSE) != FPC_SAME)
6974 		{
6975 		    int		fcount;
6976 		    char_u	**fnames;
6977 		    FILE	*fd;
6978 		    char_u	*s;
6979 		    int		fi;
6980 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6981 		    vimconv_T	vc;
6982 		    char_u	*cp;
6983 #endif
6984 
6985 		    /* Find all "doc/ *.txt" files in this directory. */
6986 		    add_pathsep(NameBuff);
6987 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6988 		    STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.??[tx]");
6989 #else
6990 		    STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.txt");
6991 #endif
6992 		    if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &fcount,
6993 					 &fnames, EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == OK
6994 			    && fcount > 0)
6995 		    {
6996 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6997 			int	i1, i2;
6998 			char_u	*f1, *f2;
6999 			char_u	*t1, *t2;
7000 			char_u	*e1, *e2;
7001 
7002 			/* If foo.abx is found use it instead of foo.txt in
7003 			 * the same directory. */
7004 			for (i1 = 0; i1 < fcount; ++i1)
7005 			{
7006 			    for (i2 = 0; i2 < fcount; ++i2)
7007 			    {
7008 				if (i1 == i2)
7009 				    continue;
7010 				if (fnames[i1] == NULL || fnames[i2] == NULL)
7011 				    continue;
7012 				f1 = fnames[i1];
7013 				f2 = fnames[i2];
7014 				t1 = gettail(f1);
7015 				t2 = gettail(f2);
7016 				e1 = vim_strrchr(t1, '.');
7017 				e2 = vim_strrchr(t2, '.');
7018 				if (e1 == NULL || e2 == NULL)
7019 				    continue;
7020 				if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") != 0
7021 				    && fnamecmp(e1, fname + 4) != 0)
7022 				{
7023 				    /* Not .txt and not .abx, remove it. */
7024 				    VIM_CLEAR(fnames[i1]);
7025 				    continue;
7026 				}
7027 				if (e1 - f1 != e2 - f2
7028 					    || fnamencmp(f1, f2, e1 - f1) != 0)
7029 				    continue;
7030 				if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") == 0
7031 				    && fnamecmp(e2, fname + 4) == 0)
7032 				    /* use .abx instead of .txt */
7033 				    VIM_CLEAR(fnames[i1]);
7034 			    }
7035 			}
7036 #endif
7037 			for (fi = 0; fi < fcount; ++fi)
7038 			{
7039 			    if (fnames[fi] == NULL)
7040 				continue;
7041 			    fd = mch_fopen((char *)fnames[fi], "r");
7042 			    if (fd != NULL)
7043 			    {
7044 				vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd);
7045 				if (IObuff[0] == '*'
7046 					&& (s = vim_strchr(IObuff + 1, '*'))
7047 								  != NULL)
7048 				{
7049 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7050 				    int	this_utf = MAYBE;
7051 #endif
7052 				    /* Change tag definition to a
7053 				     * reference and remove <CR>/<NL>. */
7054 				    IObuff[0] = '|';
7055 				    *s = '|';
7056 				    while (*s != NUL)
7057 				    {
7058 					if (*s == '\r' || *s == '\n')
7059 					    *s = NUL;
7060 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7061 					/* The text is utf-8 when a byte
7062 					 * above 127 is found and no
7063 					 * illegal byte sequence is found.
7064 					 */
7065 					if (*s >= 0x80 && this_utf != FALSE)
7066 					{
7067 					    int	l;
7068 
7069 					    this_utf = TRUE;
7070 					    l = utf_ptr2len(s);
7071 					    if (l == 1)
7072 						this_utf = FALSE;
7073 					    s += l - 1;
7074 					}
7075 #endif
7076 					++s;
7077 				    }
7078 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7079 				    /* The help file is latin1 or utf-8;
7080 				     * conversion to the current
7081 				     * 'encoding' may be required. */
7082 				    vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
7083 				    convert_setup(&vc, (char_u *)(
7084 						this_utf == TRUE ? "utf-8"
7085 						      : "latin1"), p_enc);
7086 				    if (vc.vc_type == CONV_NONE)
7087 					/* No conversion needed. */
7088 					cp = IObuff;
7089 				    else
7090 				    {
7091 					/* Do the conversion.  If it fails
7092 					 * use the unconverted text. */
7093 					cp = string_convert(&vc, IObuff,
7094 								    NULL);
7095 					if (cp == NULL)
7096 					    cp = IObuff;
7097 				    }
7098 				    convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL);
7099 
7100 				    ml_append(lnum, cp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
7101 				    if (cp != IObuff)
7102 					vim_free(cp);
7103 #else
7104 				    ml_append(lnum, IObuff, (colnr_T)0,
7105 								   FALSE);
7106 #endif
7107 				    ++lnum;
7108 				}
7109 				fclose(fd);
7110 			    }
7111 			}
7112 			FreeWild(fcount, fnames);
7113 		    }
7114 		}
7115 		if (mustfree)
7116 		    vim_free(rt);
7117 	    }
7118 	    break;
7119 	}
7120     }
7121 }
7122 
7123 /*
7124  * ":exusage"
7125  */
7126     void
7127 ex_exusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
7128 {
7129     do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help ex-cmd-index");
7130 }
7131 
7132 /*
7133  * ":viusage"
7134  */
7135     void
7136 ex_viusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
7137 {
7138     do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help normal-index");
7139 }
7140 
7141 /*
7142  * Generate tags in one help directory.
7143  */
7144     static void
7145 helptags_one(
7146     char_u	*dir,		/* doc directory */
7147     char_u	*ext,		/* suffix, ".txt", ".itx", ".frx", etc. */
7148     char_u	*tagfname,	/* "tags" for English, "tags-fr" for French. */
7149     int		add_help_tags)	/* add "help-tags" tag */
7150 {
7151     FILE	*fd_tags;
7152     FILE	*fd;
7153     garray_T	ga;
7154     int		filecount;
7155     char_u	**files;
7156     char_u	*p1, *p2;
7157     int		fi;
7158     char_u	*s;
7159     int		i;
7160     char_u	*fname;
7161     int		dirlen;
7162 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7163     int		utf8 = MAYBE;
7164     int		this_utf8;
7165     int		firstline;
7166     int		mix = FALSE;	/* detected mixed encodings */
7167 # endif
7168 
7169     /*
7170      * Find all *.txt files.
7171      */
7172     dirlen = (int)STRLEN(dir);
7173     STRCPY(NameBuff, dir);
7174     STRCAT(NameBuff, "/**/*");
7175     STRCAT(NameBuff, ext);
7176     if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files,
7177 						    EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL
7178 	    || filecount == 0)
7179     {
7180 	if (!got_int)
7181 	    EMSG2(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff);
7182 	return;
7183     }
7184 
7185     /*
7186      * Open the tags file for writing.
7187      * Do this before scanning through all the files.
7188      */
7189     STRCPY(NameBuff, dir);
7190     add_pathsep(NameBuff);
7191     STRCAT(NameBuff, tagfname);
7192     fd_tags = mch_fopen((char *)NameBuff, "w");
7193     if (fd_tags == NULL)
7194     {
7195 	EMSG2(_("E152: Cannot open %s for writing"), NameBuff);
7196 	FreeWild(filecount, files);
7197 	return;
7198     }
7199 
7200     /*
7201      * If using the "++t" argument or generating tags for "$VIMRUNTIME/doc"
7202      * add the "help-tags" tag.
7203      */
7204     ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100);
7205     if (add_help_tags || fullpathcmp((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/doc",
7206 						      dir, FALSE) == FPC_SAME)
7207     {
7208 	if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
7209 	    got_int = TRUE;
7210 	else
7211 	{
7212 	    s = alloc(18 + (unsigned)STRLEN(tagfname));
7213 	    if (s == NULL)
7214 		got_int = TRUE;
7215 	    else
7216 	    {
7217 		sprintf((char *)s, "help-tags\t%s\t1\n", tagfname);
7218 		((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s;
7219 		++ga.ga_len;
7220 	    }
7221 	}
7222     }
7223 
7224     /*
7225      * Go over all the files and extract the tags.
7226      */
7227     for (fi = 0; fi < filecount && !got_int; ++fi)
7228     {
7229 	fd = mch_fopen((char *)files[fi], "r");
7230 	if (fd == NULL)
7231 	{
7232 	    EMSG2(_("E153: Unable to open %s for reading"), files[fi]);
7233 	    continue;
7234 	}
7235 	fname = files[fi] + dirlen + 1;
7236 
7237 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7238 	firstline = TRUE;
7239 # endif
7240 	while (!vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd) && !got_int)
7241 	{
7242 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7243 	    if (firstline)
7244 	    {
7245 		/* Detect utf-8 file by a non-ASCII char in the first line. */
7246 		this_utf8 = MAYBE;
7247 		for (s = IObuff; *s != NUL; ++s)
7248 		    if (*s >= 0x80)
7249 		    {
7250 			int l;
7251 
7252 			this_utf8 = TRUE;
7253 			l = utf_ptr2len(s);
7254 			if (l == 1)
7255 			{
7256 			    /* Illegal UTF-8 byte sequence. */
7257 			    this_utf8 = FALSE;
7258 			    break;
7259 			}
7260 			s += l - 1;
7261 		    }
7262 		if (this_utf8 == MAYBE)	    /* only ASCII characters found */
7263 		    this_utf8 = FALSE;
7264 		if (utf8 == MAYBE)	    /* first file */
7265 		    utf8 = this_utf8;
7266 		else if (utf8 != this_utf8)
7267 		{
7268 		    EMSG2(_("E670: Mix of help file encodings within a language: %s"), files[fi]);
7269 		    mix = !got_int;
7270 		    got_int = TRUE;
7271 		}
7272 		firstline = FALSE;
7273 	    }
7274 # endif
7275 	    p1 = vim_strchr(IObuff, '*');	/* find first '*' */
7276 	    while (p1 != NULL)
7277 	    {
7278 		/* Use vim_strbyte() instead of vim_strchr() so that when
7279 		 * 'encoding' is dbcs it still works, don't find '*' in the
7280 		 * second byte. */
7281 		p2 = vim_strbyte(p1 + 1, '*');	/* find second '*' */
7282 		if (p2 != NULL && p2 > p1 + 1)	/* skip "*" and "**" */
7283 		{
7284 		    for (s = p1 + 1; s < p2; ++s)
7285 			if (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '|')
7286 			    break;
7287 
7288 		    /*
7289 		     * Only accept a *tag* when it consists of valid
7290 		     * characters, there is white space before it and is
7291 		     * followed by a white character or end-of-line.
7292 		     */
7293 		    if (s == p2
7294 			    && (p1 == IObuff || p1[-1] == ' ' || p1[-1] == '\t')
7295 			    && (vim_strchr((char_u *)" \t\n\r", s[1]) != NULL
7296 				|| s[1] == '\0'))
7297 		    {
7298 			*p2 = '\0';
7299 			++p1;
7300 			if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
7301 			{
7302 			    got_int = TRUE;
7303 			    break;
7304 			}
7305 			s = alloc((unsigned)(p2 - p1 + STRLEN(fname) + 2));
7306 			if (s == NULL)
7307 			{
7308 			    got_int = TRUE;
7309 			    break;
7310 			}
7311 			((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s;
7312 			++ga.ga_len;
7313 			sprintf((char *)s, "%s\t%s", p1, fname);
7314 
7315 			/* find next '*' */
7316 			p2 = vim_strchr(p2 + 1, '*');
7317 		    }
7318 		}
7319 		p1 = p2;
7320 	    }
7321 	    line_breakcheck();
7322 	}
7323 
7324 	fclose(fd);
7325     }
7326 
7327     FreeWild(filecount, files);
7328 
7329     if (!got_int)
7330     {
7331 	/*
7332 	 * Sort the tags.
7333 	 */
7334 	if (ga.ga_data != NULL)
7335 	    sort_strings((char_u **)ga.ga_data, ga.ga_len);
7336 
7337 	/*
7338 	 * Check for duplicates.
7339 	 */
7340 	for (i = 1; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
7341 	{
7342 	    p1 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i - 1];
7343 	    p2 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i];
7344 	    while (*p1 == *p2)
7345 	    {
7346 		if (*p2 == '\t')
7347 		{
7348 		    *p2 = NUL;
7349 		    vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL,
7350 			    _("E154: Duplicate tag \"%s\" in file %s/%s"),
7351 				     ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i], dir, p2 + 1);
7352 		    EMSG(NameBuff);
7353 		    *p2 = '\t';
7354 		    break;
7355 		}
7356 		++p1;
7357 		++p2;
7358 	    }
7359 	}
7360 
7361 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7362 	if (utf8 == TRUE)
7363 	    fprintf(fd_tags, "!_TAG_FILE_ENCODING\tutf-8\t//\n");
7364 # endif
7365 
7366 	/*
7367 	 * Write the tags into the file.
7368 	 */
7369 	for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
7370 	{
7371 	    s = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i];
7372 	    if (STRNCMP(s, "help-tags\t", 10) == 0)
7373 		/* help-tags entry was added in formatted form */
7374 		fputs((char *)s, fd_tags);
7375 	    else
7376 	    {
7377 		fprintf(fd_tags, "%s\t/*", s);
7378 		for (p1 = s; *p1 != '\t'; ++p1)
7379 		{
7380 		    /* insert backslash before '\\' and '/' */
7381 		    if (*p1 == '\\' || *p1 == '/')
7382 			putc('\\', fd_tags);
7383 		    putc(*p1, fd_tags);
7384 		}
7385 		fprintf(fd_tags, "*\n");
7386 	    }
7387 	}
7388     }
7389 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7390     if (mix)
7391 	got_int = FALSE;    /* continue with other languages */
7392 #endif
7393 
7394     for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
7395 	vim_free(((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]);
7396     ga_clear(&ga);
7397     fclose(fd_tags);	    /* there is no check for an error... */
7398 }
7399 
7400 /*
7401  * Generate tags in one help directory, taking care of translations.
7402  */
7403     static void
7404 do_helptags(char_u *dirname, int add_help_tags)
7405 {
7406 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
7407     int		len;
7408     int		i, j;
7409     garray_T	ga;
7410     char_u	lang[2];
7411     char_u	ext[5];
7412     char_u	fname[8];
7413     int		filecount;
7414     char_u	**files;
7415 
7416     /* Get a list of all files in the help directory and in subdirectories. */
7417     STRCPY(NameBuff, dirname);
7418     add_pathsep(NameBuff);
7419     STRCAT(NameBuff, "**");
7420     if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files,
7421 						    EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL
7422 	    || filecount == 0)
7423     {
7424 	EMSG2(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff);
7425 	return;
7426     }
7427 
7428     /* Go over all files in the directory to find out what languages are
7429      * present. */
7430     ga_init2(&ga, 1, 10);
7431     for (i = 0; i < filecount; ++i)
7432     {
7433 	len = (int)STRLEN(files[i]);
7434 	if (len > 4)
7435 	{
7436 	    if (STRICMP(files[i] + len - 4, ".txt") == 0)
7437 	    {
7438 		/* ".txt" -> language "en" */
7439 		lang[0] = 'e';
7440 		lang[1] = 'n';
7441 	    }
7442 	    else if (files[i][len - 4] == '.'
7443 		    && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 3])
7444 		    && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 2])
7445 		    && TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 1]) == 'x')
7446 	    {
7447 		/* ".abx" -> language "ab" */
7448 		lang[0] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 3]);
7449 		lang[1] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 2]);
7450 	    }
7451 	    else
7452 		continue;
7453 
7454 	    /* Did we find this language already? */
7455 	    for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2)
7456 		if (STRNCMP(lang, ((char_u *)ga.ga_data) + j, 2) == 0)
7457 		    break;
7458 	    if (j == ga.ga_len)
7459 	    {
7460 		/* New language, add it. */
7461 		if (ga_grow(&ga, 2) == FAIL)
7462 		    break;
7463 		((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[0];
7464 		((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[1];
7465 	    }
7466 	}
7467     }
7468 
7469     /*
7470      * Loop over the found languages to generate a tags file for each one.
7471      */
7472     for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2)
7473     {
7474 	STRCPY(fname, "tags-xx");
7475 	fname[5] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j];
7476 	fname[6] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j + 1];
7477 	if (fname[5] == 'e' && fname[6] == 'n')
7478 	{
7479 	    /* English is an exception: use ".txt" and "tags". */
7480 	    fname[4] = NUL;
7481 	    STRCPY(ext, ".txt");
7482 	}
7483 	else
7484 	{
7485 	    /* Language "ab" uses ".abx" and "tags-ab". */
7486 	    STRCPY(ext, ".xxx");
7487 	    ext[1] = fname[5];
7488 	    ext[2] = fname[6];
7489 	}
7490 	helptags_one(dirname, ext, fname, add_help_tags);
7491     }
7492 
7493     ga_clear(&ga);
7494     FreeWild(filecount, files);
7495 
7496 #else
7497     /* No language support, just use "*.txt" and "tags". */
7498     helptags_one(dirname, (char_u *)".txt", (char_u *)"tags", add_help_tags);
7499 #endif
7500 }
7501 
7502     static void
7503 helptags_cb(char_u *fname, void *cookie)
7504 {
7505     do_helptags(fname, *(int *)cookie);
7506 }
7507 
7508 /*
7509  * ":helptags"
7510  */
7511     void
7512 ex_helptags(exarg_T *eap)
7513 {
7514     expand_T	xpc;
7515     char_u	*dirname;
7516     int		add_help_tags = FALSE;
7517 
7518     /* Check for ":helptags ++t {dir}". */
7519     if (STRNCMP(eap->arg, "++t", 3) == 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(eap->arg[3]))
7520     {
7521 	add_help_tags = TRUE;
7522 	eap->arg = skipwhite(eap->arg + 3);
7523     }
7524 
7525     if (STRCMP(eap->arg, "ALL") == 0)
7526     {
7527 	do_in_path(p_rtp, (char_u *)"doc", DIP_ALL + DIP_DIR,
7528 						 helptags_cb, &add_help_tags);
7529     }
7530     else
7531     {
7532 	ExpandInit(&xpc);
7533 	xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_DIRECTORIES;
7534 	dirname = ExpandOne(&xpc, eap->arg, NULL,
7535 			    WILD_LIST_NOTFOUND|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
7536 	if (dirname == NULL || !mch_isdir(dirname))
7537 	    EMSG2(_("E150: Not a directory: %s"), eap->arg);
7538 	else
7539 	    do_helptags(dirname, add_help_tags);
7540 	vim_free(dirname);
7541     }
7542 }
7543 
7544 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
7545 
7546 /*
7547  * Struct to hold the sign properties.
7548  */
7549 typedef struct sign sign_T;
7550 
7551 struct sign
7552 {
7553     sign_T	*sn_next;	/* next sign in list */
7554     int		sn_typenr;	/* type number of sign */
7555     char_u	*sn_name;	/* name of sign */
7556     char_u	*sn_icon;	/* name of pixmap */
7557 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
7558     void	*sn_image;	/* icon image */
7559 # endif
7560     char_u	*sn_text;	/* text used instead of pixmap */
7561     int		sn_line_hl;	/* highlight ID for line */
7562     int		sn_text_hl;	/* highlight ID for text */
7563 };
7564 
7565 static sign_T	*first_sign = NULL;
7566 static int	next_sign_typenr = 1;
7567 
7568 static int sign_cmd_idx(char_u *begin_cmd, char_u *end_cmd);
7569 static void sign_list_defined(sign_T *sp);
7570 static void sign_undefine(sign_T *sp, sign_T *sp_prev);
7571 
7572 static char *cmds[] = {
7573 			"define",
7574 # define SIGNCMD_DEFINE	0
7575 			"undefine",
7576 # define SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE 1
7577 			"list",
7578 # define SIGNCMD_LIST	2
7579 			"place",
7580 # define SIGNCMD_PLACE	3
7581 			"unplace",
7582 # define SIGNCMD_UNPLACE 4
7583 			"jump",
7584 # define SIGNCMD_JUMP	5
7585 			NULL
7586 # define SIGNCMD_LAST	6
7587 };
7588 
7589 /*
7590  * Find index of a ":sign" subcmd from its name.
7591  * "*end_cmd" must be writable.
7592  */
7593     static int
7594 sign_cmd_idx(
7595     char_u	*begin_cmd,	/* begin of sign subcmd */
7596     char_u	*end_cmd)	/* just after sign subcmd */
7597 {
7598     int		idx;
7599     char	save = *end_cmd;
7600 
7601     *end_cmd = NUL;
7602     for (idx = 0; ; ++idx)
7603 	if (cmds[idx] == NULL || STRCMP(begin_cmd, cmds[idx]) == 0)
7604 	    break;
7605     *end_cmd = save;
7606     return idx;
7607 }
7608 
7609 /*
7610  * ":sign" command
7611  */
7612     void
7613 ex_sign(exarg_T *eap)
7614 {
7615     char_u	*arg = eap->arg;
7616     char_u	*p;
7617     int		idx;
7618     sign_T	*sp;
7619     sign_T	*sp_prev;
7620     buf_T	*buf = NULL;
7621 
7622     /* Parse the subcommand. */
7623     p = skiptowhite(arg);
7624     idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, p);
7625     if (idx == SIGNCMD_LAST)
7626     {
7627 	EMSG2(_("E160: Unknown sign command: %s"), arg);
7628 	return;
7629     }
7630     arg = skipwhite(p);
7631 
7632     if (idx <= SIGNCMD_LIST)
7633     {
7634 	/*
7635 	 * Define, undefine or list signs.
7636 	 */
7637 	if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST && *arg == NUL)
7638 	{
7639 	    /* ":sign list": list all defined signs */
7640 	    for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL && !got_int; sp = sp->sn_next)
7641 		sign_list_defined(sp);
7642 	}
7643 	else if (*arg == NUL)
7644 	    EMSG(_("E156: Missing sign name"));
7645 	else
7646 	{
7647 	    /* Isolate the sign name.  If it's a number skip leading zeroes,
7648 	     * so that "099" and "99" are the same sign.  But keep "0". */
7649 	    p = skiptowhite(arg);
7650 	    if (*p != NUL)
7651 		*p++ = NUL;
7652 	    while (arg[0] == '0' && arg[1] != NUL)
7653 		++arg;
7654 
7655 	    sp_prev = NULL;
7656 	    for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next)
7657 	    {
7658 		if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, arg) == 0)
7659 		    break;
7660 		sp_prev = sp;
7661 	    }
7662 	    if (idx == SIGNCMD_DEFINE)
7663 	    {
7664 		/* ":sign define {name} ...": define a sign */
7665 		if (sp == NULL)
7666 		{
7667 		    sign_T	*lp;
7668 		    int		start = next_sign_typenr;
7669 
7670 		    /* Allocate a new sign. */
7671 		    sp = (sign_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(sign_T));
7672 		    if (sp == NULL)
7673 			return;
7674 
7675 		    /* Check that next_sign_typenr is not already being used.
7676 		     * This only happens after wrapping around.  Hopefully
7677 		     * another one got deleted and we can use its number. */
7678 		    for (lp = first_sign; lp != NULL; )
7679 		    {
7680 			if (lp->sn_typenr == next_sign_typenr)
7681 			{
7682 			    ++next_sign_typenr;
7683 			    if (next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR)
7684 				next_sign_typenr = 1;
7685 			    if (next_sign_typenr == start)
7686 			    {
7687 				vim_free(sp);
7688 				EMSG(_("E612: Too many signs defined"));
7689 				return;
7690 			    }
7691 			    lp = first_sign;  /* start all over */
7692 			    continue;
7693 			}
7694 			lp = lp->sn_next;
7695 		    }
7696 
7697 		    sp->sn_typenr = next_sign_typenr;
7698 		    if (++next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR)
7699 			next_sign_typenr = 1; /* wrap around */
7700 
7701 		    sp->sn_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7702 		    if (sp->sn_name == NULL)  /* out of memory */
7703 		    {
7704 			vim_free(sp);
7705 			return;
7706 		    }
7707 
7708 		    /* add the new sign to the list of signs */
7709 		    if (sp_prev == NULL)
7710 			first_sign = sp;
7711 		    else
7712 			sp_prev->sn_next = sp;
7713 		}
7714 
7715 		/* set values for a defined sign. */
7716 		for (;;)
7717 		{
7718 		    arg = skipwhite(p);
7719 		    if (*arg == NUL)
7720 			break;
7721 		    p = skiptowhite_esc(arg);
7722 		    if (STRNCMP(arg, "icon=", 5) == 0)
7723 		    {
7724 			arg += 5;
7725 			vim_free(sp->sn_icon);
7726 			sp->sn_icon = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(p - arg));
7727 			backslash_halve(sp->sn_icon);
7728 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
7729 			if (gui.in_use)
7730 			{
7731 			    out_flush();
7732 			    if (sp->sn_image != NULL)
7733 				gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image);
7734 			    sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon);
7735 			}
7736 # endif
7737 		    }
7738 		    else if (STRNCMP(arg, "text=", 5) == 0)
7739 		    {
7740 			char_u	*s;
7741 			int	cells;
7742 			int	len;
7743 
7744 			arg += 5;
7745 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7746 			/* Count cells and check for non-printable chars */
7747 			if (has_mbyte)
7748 			{
7749 			    cells = 0;
7750 			    for (s = arg; s < p; s += (*mb_ptr2len)(s))
7751 			    {
7752 				if (!vim_isprintc((*mb_ptr2char)(s)))
7753 				    break;
7754 				cells += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s);
7755 			    }
7756 			}
7757 			else
7758 # endif
7759 			{
7760 			    for (s = arg; s < p; ++s)
7761 				if (!vim_isprintc(*s))
7762 				    break;
7763 			    cells = (int)(s - arg);
7764 			}
7765 			/* Currently must be one or two display cells */
7766 			if (s != p || cells < 1 || cells > 2)
7767 			{
7768 			    *p = NUL;
7769 			    EMSG2(_("E239: Invalid sign text: %s"), arg);
7770 			    return;
7771 			}
7772 
7773 			vim_free(sp->sn_text);
7774 			/* Allocate one byte more if we need to pad up
7775 			 * with a space. */
7776 			len = (int)(p - arg + ((cells == 1) ? 1 : 0));
7777 			sp->sn_text = vim_strnsave(arg, len);
7778 
7779 			if (sp->sn_text != NULL && cells == 1)
7780 			    STRCPY(sp->sn_text + len - 1, " ");
7781 		    }
7782 		    else if (STRNCMP(arg, "linehl=", 7) == 0)
7783 		    {
7784 			arg += 7;
7785 			sp->sn_line_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg));
7786 		    }
7787 		    else if (STRNCMP(arg, "texthl=", 7) == 0)
7788 		    {
7789 			arg += 7;
7790 			sp->sn_text_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg));
7791 		    }
7792 		    else
7793 		    {
7794 			EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
7795 			return;
7796 		    }
7797 		}
7798 	    }
7799 	    else if (sp == NULL)
7800 		EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), arg);
7801 	    else if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST)
7802 		/* ":sign list {name}" */
7803 		sign_list_defined(sp);
7804 	    else
7805 		/* ":sign undefine {name}" */
7806 		sign_undefine(sp, sp_prev);
7807 	}
7808     }
7809     else
7810     {
7811 	int		id = -1;
7812 	linenr_T	lnum = -1;
7813 	char_u		*sign_name = NULL;
7814 	char_u		*arg1;
7815 
7816 	if (*arg == NUL)
7817 	{
7818 	    if (idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE)
7819 	    {
7820 		/* ":sign place": list placed signs in all buffers */
7821 		sign_list_placed(NULL);
7822 	    }
7823 	    else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE)
7824 	    {
7825 		/* ":sign unplace": remove placed sign at cursor */
7826 		id = buf_findsign_id(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7827 		if (id > 0)
7828 		{
7829 		    buf_delsign(curwin->w_buffer, id);
7830 		    update_debug_sign(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7831 		}
7832 		else
7833 		    EMSG(_("E159: Missing sign number"));
7834 	    }
7835 	    else
7836 		EMSG(_(e_argreq));
7837 	    return;
7838 	}
7839 
7840 	if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && arg[0] == '*' && arg[1] == NUL)
7841 	{
7842 	    /* ":sign unplace *": remove all placed signs */
7843 	    buf_delete_all_signs();
7844 	    return;
7845 	}
7846 
7847 	/* first arg could be placed sign id */
7848 	arg1 = arg;
7849 	if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
7850 	{
7851 	    id = getdigits(&arg);
7852 	    if (!VIM_ISWHITE(*arg) && *arg != NUL)
7853 	    {
7854 		id = -1;
7855 		arg = arg1;
7856 	    }
7857 	    else
7858 	    {
7859 		arg = skipwhite(arg);
7860 		if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && *arg == NUL)
7861 		{
7862 		    /* ":sign unplace {id}": remove placed sign by number */
7863 		    FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
7864 			if ((lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id)) != 0)
7865 			    update_debug_sign(buf, lnum);
7866 		    return;
7867 		}
7868 	    }
7869 	}
7870 
7871 	/*
7872 	 * Check for line={lnum} name={name} and file={fname} or buffer={nr}.
7873 	 * Leave "arg" pointing to {fname}.
7874 	 */
7875 	for (;;)
7876 	{
7877 	    if (STRNCMP(arg, "line=", 5) == 0)
7878 	    {
7879 		arg += 5;
7880 		lnum = atoi((char *)arg);
7881 		arg = skiptowhite(arg);
7882 	    }
7883 	    else if (STRNCMP(arg, "*", 1) == 0 && idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE)
7884 	    {
7885 		if (id != -1)
7886 		{
7887 		    EMSG(_(e_invarg));
7888 		    return;
7889 		}
7890 		id = -2;
7891 		arg = skiptowhite(arg + 1);
7892 	    }
7893 	    else if (STRNCMP(arg, "name=", 5) == 0)
7894 	    {
7895 		arg += 5;
7896 		sign_name = arg;
7897 		arg = skiptowhite(arg);
7898 		if (*arg != NUL)
7899 		    *arg++ = NUL;
7900 		while (sign_name[0] == '0' && sign_name[1] != NUL)
7901 		    ++sign_name;
7902 	    }
7903 	    else if (STRNCMP(arg, "file=", 5) == 0)
7904 	    {
7905 		arg += 5;
7906 		buf = buflist_findname(arg);
7907 		break;
7908 	    }
7909 	    else if (STRNCMP(arg, "buffer=", 7) == 0)
7910 	    {
7911 		arg += 7;
7912 		buf = buflist_findnr((int)getdigits(&arg));
7913 		if (*skipwhite(arg) != NUL)
7914 		    EMSG(_(e_trailing));
7915 		break;
7916 	    }
7917 	    else
7918 	    {
7919 		EMSG(_(e_invarg));
7920 		return;
7921 	    }
7922 	    arg = skipwhite(arg);
7923 	}
7924 
7925 	if (buf == NULL)
7926 	{
7927 	    EMSG2(_("E158: Invalid buffer name: %s"), arg);
7928 	}
7929 	else if (id <= 0 && !(idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && id == -2))
7930 	{
7931 	    if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL)
7932 		EMSG(_(e_invarg));
7933 	    else
7934 		/* ":sign place file={fname}": list placed signs in one file */
7935 		sign_list_placed(buf);
7936 	}
7937 	else if (idx == SIGNCMD_JUMP)
7938 	{
7939 	    /* ":sign jump {id} file={fname}" */
7940 	    if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL)
7941 		EMSG(_(e_invarg));
7942 	    else if ((lnum = buf_findsign(buf, id)) > 0)
7943 	    {				/* goto a sign ... */
7944 		if (buf_jump_open_win(buf) != NULL)
7945 		{			/* ... in a current window */
7946 		    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
7947 		    check_cursor_lnum();
7948 		    beginline(BL_WHITE);
7949 		}
7950 		else
7951 		{			/* ... not currently in a window */
7952 		    char_u	*cmd;
7953 
7954 		    if (buf->b_fname == NULL)
7955 		    {
7956 			EMSG(_("E934: Cannot jump to a buffer that does not have a name"));
7957 			return;
7958 		    }
7959 		    cmd = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(buf->b_fname) + 25);
7960 		    if (cmd == NULL)
7961 			return;
7962 		    sprintf((char *)cmd, "e +%ld %s", (long)lnum, buf->b_fname);
7963 		    do_cmdline_cmd(cmd);
7964 		    vim_free(cmd);
7965 		}
7966 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7967 		foldOpenCursor();
7968 # endif
7969 	    }
7970 	    else
7971 		EMSGN(_("E157: Invalid sign ID: %ld"), id);
7972 	}
7973 	else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE)
7974 	{
7975 	    if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL)
7976 		EMSG(_(e_invarg));
7977 	    else if (id == -2)
7978 	    {
7979 		/* ":sign unplace * file={fname}" */
7980 		redraw_buf_later(buf, NOT_VALID);
7981 		buf_delete_signs(buf);
7982 	    }
7983 	    else
7984 	    {
7985 		/* ":sign unplace {id} file={fname}" */
7986 		lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id);
7987 		update_debug_sign(buf, lnum);
7988 	    }
7989 	}
7990 	    /* idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE */
7991 	else if (sign_name != NULL)
7992 	{
7993 	    for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next)
7994 		if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, sign_name) == 0)
7995 		    break;
7996 	    if (sp == NULL)
7997 	    {
7998 		EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), sign_name);
7999 		return;
8000 	    }
8001 	    if (lnum > 0)
8002 		/* ":sign place {id} line={lnum} name={name} file={fname}":
8003 		 * place a sign */
8004 		buf_addsign(buf, id, lnum, sp->sn_typenr);
8005 	    else
8006 		/* ":sign place {id} file={fname}": change sign type */
8007 		lnum = buf_change_sign_type(buf, id, sp->sn_typenr);
8008 	    if (lnum > 0)
8009 		update_debug_sign(buf, lnum);
8010 	    else
8011 		EMSG2(_("E885: Not possible to change sign %s"), sign_name);
8012 	}
8013 	else
8014 	    EMSG(_(e_invarg));
8015     }
8016 }
8017 
8018 # if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO)
8019 /*
8020  * Allocate the icons.  Called when the GUI has started.  Allows defining
8021  * signs before it starts.
8022  */
8023     void
8024 sign_gui_started(void)
8025 {
8026     sign_T	*sp;
8027 
8028     for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next)
8029 	if (sp->sn_icon != NULL)
8030 	    sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon);
8031 }
8032 # endif
8033 
8034 /*
8035  * List one sign.
8036  */
8037     static void
8038 sign_list_defined(sign_T *sp)
8039 {
8040     char_u	*p;
8041 
8042     smsg((char_u *)"sign %s", sp->sn_name);
8043     if (sp->sn_icon != NULL)
8044     {
8045 	MSG_PUTS(" icon=");
8046 	msg_outtrans(sp->sn_icon);
8047 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
8048 	if (sp->sn_image == NULL)
8049 	    MSG_PUTS(_(" (NOT FOUND)"));
8050 # else
8051 	MSG_PUTS(_(" (not supported)"));
8052 # endif
8053     }
8054     if (sp->sn_text != NULL)
8055     {
8056 	MSG_PUTS(" text=");
8057 	msg_outtrans(sp->sn_text);
8058     }
8059     if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0)
8060     {
8061 	MSG_PUTS(" linehl=");
8062 	p = get_highlight_name_ext(NULL, sp->sn_line_hl - 1, FALSE);
8063 	if (p == NULL)
8064 	    MSG_PUTS("NONE");
8065 	else
8066 	    msg_puts(p);
8067     }
8068     if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0)
8069     {
8070 	MSG_PUTS(" texthl=");
8071 	p = get_highlight_name_ext(NULL, sp->sn_text_hl - 1, FALSE);
8072 	if (p == NULL)
8073 	    MSG_PUTS("NONE");
8074 	else
8075 	    msg_puts(p);
8076     }
8077 }
8078 
8079 /*
8080  * Undefine a sign and free its memory.
8081  */
8082     static void
8083 sign_undefine(sign_T *sp, sign_T *sp_prev)
8084 {
8085     vim_free(sp->sn_name);
8086     vim_free(sp->sn_icon);
8087 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
8088     if (sp->sn_image != NULL)
8089     {
8090 	out_flush();
8091 	gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image);
8092     }
8093 # endif
8094     vim_free(sp->sn_text);
8095     if (sp_prev == NULL)
8096 	first_sign = sp->sn_next;
8097     else
8098 	sp_prev->sn_next = sp->sn_next;
8099     vim_free(sp);
8100 }
8101 
8102 /*
8103  * Get highlighting attribute for sign "typenr".
8104  * If "line" is TRUE: line highl, if FALSE: text highl.
8105  */
8106     int
8107 sign_get_attr(int typenr, int line)
8108 {
8109     sign_T	*sp;
8110 
8111     for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next)
8112 	if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr)
8113 	{
8114 	    if (line)
8115 	    {
8116 		if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0)
8117 		    return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_line_hl);
8118 	    }
8119 	    else
8120 	    {
8121 		if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0)
8122 		    return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_text_hl);
8123 	    }
8124 	    break;
8125 	}
8126     return 0;
8127 }
8128 
8129 /*
8130  * Get text mark for sign "typenr".
8131  * Returns NULL if there isn't one.
8132  */
8133     char_u *
8134 sign_get_text(int typenr)
8135 {
8136     sign_T	*sp;
8137 
8138     for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next)
8139 	if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr)
8140 	    return sp->sn_text;
8141     return NULL;
8142 }
8143 
8144 # if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO)
8145     void *
8146 sign_get_image(
8147     int		typenr)		/* the attribute which may have a sign */
8148 {
8149     sign_T	*sp;
8150 
8151     for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next)
8152 	if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr)
8153 	    return sp->sn_image;
8154     return NULL;
8155 }
8156 # endif
8157 
8158 /*
8159  * Get the name of a sign by its typenr.
8160  */
8161     char_u *
8162 sign_typenr2name(int typenr)
8163 {
8164     sign_T	*sp;
8165 
8166     for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next)
8167 	if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr)
8168 	    return sp->sn_name;
8169     return (char_u *)_("[Deleted]");
8170 }
8171 
8172 # if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
8173 /*
8174  * Undefine/free all signs.
8175  */
8176     void
8177 free_signs(void)
8178 {
8179     while (first_sign != NULL)
8180 	sign_undefine(first_sign, NULL);
8181 }
8182 # endif
8183 
8184 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
8185 static enum
8186 {
8187     EXP_SUBCMD,		/* expand :sign sub-commands */
8188     EXP_DEFINE,		/* expand :sign define {name} args */
8189     EXP_PLACE,		/* expand :sign place {id} args */
8190     EXP_UNPLACE,	/* expand :sign unplace" */
8191     EXP_SIGN_NAMES	/* expand with name of placed signs */
8192 } expand_what;
8193 
8194 /*
8195  * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the sign command
8196  * expansion.
8197  */
8198     char_u *
8199 get_sign_name(expand_T *xp UNUSED, int idx)
8200 {
8201     sign_T	*sp;
8202     int		current_idx;
8203 
8204     switch (expand_what)
8205     {
8206     case EXP_SUBCMD:
8207 	return (char_u *)cmds[idx];
8208     case EXP_DEFINE:
8209 	{
8210 	    char *define_arg[] =
8211 	    {
8212 		"icon=", "linehl=", "text=", "texthl=", NULL
8213 	    };
8214 	    return (char_u *)define_arg[idx];
8215 	}
8216     case EXP_PLACE:
8217 	{
8218 	    char *place_arg[] =
8219 	    {
8220 		"line=", "name=", "file=", "buffer=", NULL
8221 	    };
8222 	    return (char_u *)place_arg[idx];
8223 	}
8224     case EXP_UNPLACE:
8225 	{
8226 	    char *unplace_arg[] = { "file=", "buffer=", NULL };
8227 	    return (char_u *)unplace_arg[idx];
8228 	}
8229     case EXP_SIGN_NAMES:
8230 	/* Complete with name of signs already defined */
8231 	current_idx = 0;
8232 	for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next)
8233 	    if (current_idx++ == idx)
8234 		return sp->sn_name;
8235 	return NULL;
8236     default:
8237 	return NULL;
8238     }
8239 }
8240 
8241 /*
8242  * Handle command line completion for :sign command.
8243  */
8244     void
8245 set_context_in_sign_cmd(expand_T *xp, char_u *arg)
8246 {
8247     char_u	*p;
8248     char_u	*end_subcmd;
8249     char_u	*last;
8250     int		cmd_idx;
8251     char_u	*begin_subcmd_args;
8252 
8253     /* Default: expand subcommands. */
8254     xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SIGN;
8255     expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
8256     xp->xp_pattern = arg;
8257 
8258     end_subcmd = skiptowhite(arg);
8259     if (*end_subcmd == NUL)
8260 	/* expand subcmd name
8261 	 * :sign {subcmd}<CTRL-D>*/
8262 	return;
8263 
8264     cmd_idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, end_subcmd);
8265 
8266     /* :sign {subcmd} {subcmd_args}
8267      *		      |
8268      *		      begin_subcmd_args */
8269     begin_subcmd_args = skipwhite(end_subcmd);
8270     p = skiptowhite(begin_subcmd_args);
8271     if (*p == NUL)
8272     {
8273 	/*
8274 	 * Expand first argument of subcmd when possible.
8275 	 * For ":jump {id}" and ":unplace {id}", we could
8276 	 * possibly expand the ids of all signs already placed.
8277 	 */
8278 	xp->xp_pattern = begin_subcmd_args;
8279 	switch (cmd_idx)
8280 	{
8281 	    case SIGNCMD_LIST:
8282 	    case SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE:
8283 		/* :sign list <CTRL-D>
8284 		 * :sign undefine <CTRL-D> */
8285 		expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES;
8286 		break;
8287 	    default:
8288 		xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
8289 	}
8290 	return;
8291     }
8292 
8293     /* expand last argument of subcmd */
8294 
8295     /* :sign define {name} {args}...
8296      *		    |
8297      *		    p */
8298 
8299     /* Loop until reaching last argument. */
8300     do
8301     {
8302 	p = skipwhite(p);
8303 	last = p;
8304 	p = skiptowhite(p);
8305     } while (*p != NUL);
8306 
8307     p = vim_strchr(last, '=');
8308 
8309     /* :sign define {name} {args}... {last}=
8310      *				     |	   |
8311      *				  last	   p */
8312     if (p == NULL)
8313     {
8314 	/* Expand last argument name (before equal sign). */
8315 	xp->xp_pattern = last;
8316 	switch (cmd_idx)
8317 	{
8318 	    case SIGNCMD_DEFINE:
8319 		expand_what = EXP_DEFINE;
8320 		break;
8321 	    case SIGNCMD_PLACE:
8322 		expand_what = EXP_PLACE;
8323 		break;
8324 	    case SIGNCMD_JUMP:
8325 	    case SIGNCMD_UNPLACE:
8326 		expand_what = EXP_UNPLACE;
8327 		break;
8328 	    default:
8329 		xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
8330 	}
8331     }
8332     else
8333     {
8334 	/* Expand last argument value (after equal sign). */
8335 	xp->xp_pattern = p + 1;
8336 	switch (cmd_idx)
8337 	{
8338 	    case SIGNCMD_DEFINE:
8339 		if (STRNCMP(last, "texthl", p - last) == 0 ||
8340 		    STRNCMP(last, "linehl", p - last) == 0)
8341 		    xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
8342 		else if (STRNCMP(last, "icon", p - last) == 0)
8343 		    xp->xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
8344 		else
8345 		    xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
8346 		break;
8347 	    case SIGNCMD_PLACE:
8348 		if (STRNCMP(last, "name", p - last) == 0)
8349 		    expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES;
8350 		else
8351 		    xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
8352 		break;
8353 	    default:
8354 		xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
8355 	}
8356     }
8357 }
8358 # endif
8359 #endif
8360 
8361 /*
8362  * Make the user happy.
8363  */
8364     void
8365 ex_smile(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
8366 {
8367     static char *code[] = {
8368 	"\34 \4o\14$\4ox\30 \2o\30$\1ox\25 \2o\36$\1o\11 \1o\1$\3 \2$\1 \1o\1$x\5 \1o\1 \1$\1 \2o\10 \1o\44$\1o\7 \2$\1 \2$\1 \2$\1o\1$x\2 \2o\1 \1$\1 \1$\1 \1\"\1$\6 \1o\11$\4 \15$\4 \11$\1o\7 \3$\1o\2$\1o\1$x\2 \1\"\6$\1o\1$\5 \1o\11$\6 \13$\6 \12$\1o\4 \10$x\4 \7$\4 \13$\6 \13$\6 \27$x\4 \27$\4 \15$\4 \16$\2 \3\"\3$x\5 \1\"\3$\4\"\61$\5 \1\"\3$x\6 \3$\3 \1o\62$\5 \1\"\3$\1ox\5 \1o\2$\1\"\3 \63$\7 \3$\1ox\5 \3$\4 \55$\1\"\1 \1\"\6$",
8369 	"\5o\4$\1ox\4 \1o\3$\4o\5$\2 \45$\3 \1o\21$x\4 \10$\1\"\4$\3 \42$\5 \4$\10\"x\3 \4\"\7 \4$\4 \1\"\34$\1\"\6 \1o\3$x\16 \1\"\3$\1o\5 \3\"\22$\1\"\2$\1\"\11 \3$x\20 \3$\1o\12 \1\"\2$\2\"\6$\4\"\13 \1o\3$x\21 \4$\1o\40 \1o\3$\1\"x\22 \1\"\4$\1o\6 \1o\6$\1o\1\"\4$\1o\10 \1o\4$x\24 \1\"\5$\2o\5 \2\"\4$\1o\5$\1o\3 \1o\4$\2\"x\27 \2\"\5$\4o\2 \1\"\3$\1o\11$\3\"x\32 \2\"\7$\2o\1 \12$x\42 \4\"\13$x\46 \14$x\47 \12$\1\"x\50 \1\"\3$\4\"x"
8370     };
8371     char *p;
8372     int n;
8373     int i;
8374 
8375     msg_start();
8376     msg_putchar('\n');
8377     for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
8378 	for (p = code[i]; *p != NUL; ++p)
8379 	    if (*p == 'x')
8380 		msg_putchar('\n');
8381 	    else
8382 		for (n = *p++; n > 0; --n)
8383 		    if (*p == 'o' || *p == '$')
8384 			msg_putchar_attr(*p, HL_ATTR(HLF_L));
8385 		    else
8386 			msg_putchar(*p);
8387     msg_clr_eos();
8388 }
8389 
8390 /*
8391  * ":drop"
8392  * Opens the first argument in a window.  When there are two or more arguments
8393  * the argument list is redefined.
8394  */
8395     void
8396 ex_drop(exarg_T *eap)
8397 {
8398     int		split = FALSE;
8399     win_T	*wp;
8400     buf_T	*buf;
8401     tabpage_T	*tp;
8402 
8403     /*
8404      * Check if the first argument is already being edited in a window.  If
8405      * so, jump to that window.
8406      * We would actually need to check all arguments, but that's complicated
8407      * and mostly only one file is dropped.
8408      * This also ignores wildcards, since it is very unlikely the user is
8409      * editing a file name with a wildcard character.
8410      */
8411     set_arglist(eap->arg);
8412 
8413     /*
8414      * Expanding wildcards may result in an empty argument list.  E.g. when
8415      * editing "foo.pyc" and ".pyc" is in 'wildignore'.  Assume that we
8416      * already did an error message for this.
8417      */
8418     if (ARGCOUNT == 0)
8419 	return;
8420 
8421     if (cmdmod.tab)
8422     {
8423 	/* ":tab drop file ...": open a tab for each argument that isn't
8424 	 * edited in a window yet.  It's like ":tab all" but without closing
8425 	 * windows or tabs. */
8426 	ex_all(eap);
8427     }
8428     else
8429     {
8430 	/* ":drop file ...": Edit the first argument.  Jump to an existing
8431 	 * window if possible, edit in current window if the current buffer
8432 	 * can be abandoned, otherwise open a new window. */
8433 	buf = buflist_findnr(ARGLIST[0].ae_fnum);
8434 
8435 	FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
8436 	{
8437 	    if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
8438 	    {
8439 		goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp);
8440 		curwin->w_arg_idx = 0;
8441 		return;
8442 	    }
8443 	}
8444 
8445 	/*
8446 	 * Check whether the current buffer is changed. If so, we will need
8447 	 * to split the current window or data could be lost.
8448 	 * Skip the check if the 'hidden' option is set, as in this case the
8449 	 * buffer won't be lost.
8450 	 */
8451 	if (!buf_hide(curbuf))
8452 	{
8453 	    ++emsg_off;
8454 	    split = check_changed(curbuf, CCGD_AW | CCGD_EXCMD);
8455 	    --emsg_off;
8456 	}
8457 
8458 	/* Fake a ":sfirst" or ":first" command edit the first argument. */
8459 	if (split)
8460 	{
8461 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_sfirst;
8462 	    eap->cmd[0] = 's';
8463 	}
8464 	else
8465 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_first;
8466 	ex_rewind(eap);
8467     }
8468 }
8469 
8470 /*
8471  * Skip over the pattern argument of ":vimgrep /pat/[g][j]".
8472  * Put the start of the pattern in "*s", unless "s" is NULL.
8473  * If "flags" is not NULL put the flags in it: VGR_GLOBAL, VGR_NOJUMP.
8474  * If "s" is not NULL terminate the pattern with a NUL.
8475  * Return a pointer to the char just past the pattern plus flags.
8476  */
8477     char_u *
8478 skip_vimgrep_pat(char_u *p, char_u **s, int *flags)
8479 {
8480     int		c;
8481 
8482     if (vim_isIDc(*p))
8483     {
8484 	/* ":vimgrep pattern fname" */
8485 	if (s != NULL)
8486 	    *s = p;
8487 	p = skiptowhite(p);
8488 	if (s != NULL && *p != NUL)
8489 	    *p++ = NUL;
8490     }
8491     else
8492     {
8493 	/* ":vimgrep /pattern/[g][j] fname" */
8494 	if (s != NULL)
8495 	    *s = p + 1;
8496 	c = *p;
8497 	p = skip_regexp(p + 1, c, TRUE, NULL);
8498 	if (*p != c)
8499 	    return NULL;
8500 
8501 	/* Truncate the pattern. */
8502 	if (s != NULL)
8503 	    *p = NUL;
8504 	++p;
8505 
8506 	/* Find the flags */
8507 	while (*p == 'g' || *p == 'j')
8508 	{
8509 	    if (flags != NULL)
8510 	    {
8511 		if (*p == 'g')
8512 		    *flags |= VGR_GLOBAL;
8513 		else
8514 		    *flags |= VGR_NOJUMP;
8515 	    }
8516 	    ++p;
8517 	}
8518     }
8519     return p;
8520 }
8521 
8522 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8523 /*
8524  * List v:oldfiles in a nice way.
8525  */
8526     void
8527 ex_oldfiles(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
8528 {
8529     list_T	*l = get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES);
8530     listitem_T	*li;
8531     int		nr = 0;
8532     char_u	*fname;
8533 
8534     if (l == NULL)
8535 	msg((char_u *)_("No old files"));
8536     else
8537     {
8538 	msg_start();
8539 	msg_scroll = TRUE;
8540 	for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL && !got_int; li = li->li_next)
8541 	{
8542 	    ++nr;
8543 	    fname = get_tv_string(&li->li_tv);
8544 	    if (!message_filtered(fname))
8545 	    {
8546 		msg_outnum((long)nr);
8547 		MSG_PUTS(": ");
8548 		msg_outtrans(fname);
8549 		msg_clr_eos();
8550 		msg_putchar('\n');
8551 		out_flush();	    /* output one line at a time */
8552 		ui_breakcheck();
8553 	    }
8554 	}
8555 
8556 	/* Assume "got_int" was set to truncate the listing. */
8557 	got_int = FALSE;
8558 
8559 # ifdef FEAT_BROWSE_CMD
8560 	if (cmdmod.browse)
8561 	{
8562 	    quit_more = FALSE;
8563 	    nr = prompt_for_number(FALSE);
8564 	    msg_starthere();
8565 	    if (nr > 0)
8566 	    {
8567 		char_u *p = list_find_str(get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES),
8568 								    (long)nr);
8569 
8570 		if (p != NULL)
8571 		{
8572 		    p = expand_env_save(p);
8573 		    eap->arg = p;
8574 		    eap->cmdidx = CMD_edit;
8575 		    cmdmod.browse = FALSE;
8576 		    do_exedit(eap, NULL);
8577 		    vim_free(p);
8578 		}
8579 	    }
8580 	}
8581 # endif
8582     }
8583 }
8584 #endif
8585